Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed …gpcb.gov.in/pdf/SLPP_EIA_PART_1.pdfSurat Lignite...
Transcript of Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed …gpcb.gov.in/pdf/SLPP_EIA_PART_1.pdfSurat Lignite...
Final Draft Report
Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Installation of Surat Lignite Power Project (SLPP) Station III , 2×300 MW
Lignite based Thermal Power Project at Village Nani Naroli, Tahsil Mangrol, District Surat, Gujarat
Sponsor
Gujarat Industries Power Company Ltd.
National Environmental Engineering Research Institute Nehru Marg, Nagpur 440020 (India)
January 2013
Foreword
Due to increasing demand of electricity in Gujarat region and to fulfill the deficit of power generation, Gujarat Industries Power Company Limited (GIPCL) proposes to install 2x300 MW Lignite Based Power Plant at Village Nani-Naroli, Taluka Mangrol, Dist. Surat, Gujarat.
With a view to assess the potential environmental impacts due to 2x300 MW power generation, GIPCL retained National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), to undertake Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study as a pre-requisite for preparation of pragmatic Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
The baseline data collected for air, noise, water, land and biological components of environment alongwith existing socio-economic status in the project area during winter season, 2011-2012 have formed the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts as well as preparation of Environmental Impact Statement and delineation of Environmental Management Plan to mitigate the potential adverse impacts.
Sections on the Risk Assessment for proposed 2x300 MW units alongwith Disaster Management Plan have also been included in this report.
The cooperation and assistance rendered by the management of GIPCL in preparation of this report are gratefully acknowledged.
(S.R. Wate)
Nagpur
January 2013
Project Personnel
Scientific Staff Mr. Baseshankar, Y Mr. Patil, M. P. Dr. Bodhe, G. L. Dr. Rama Krishna, T.V.B.P.S Mr. Deshbhratar, P.B. Mr. Ritesh Vijay Mr. Deshpande, Sameer Dr. Raman, N.S. Mr. Deshmukh, Rahul Mr. Salve, P.R. Mr. Ghuge, S.P. Mr. Sen, M.K. Mr. Samudrala, H.R. Dr. Singh, H.V. Dr. Krupadam, R.J. Dr. Srivastava, Anjali Dr. Pujari, Paras Dr. Shastry, S. Ms. Padma Rao Dr. Vaiday A. N.
Project Staff
Ms. Akre, S. Ms. Lakde, P. Ms. Adiba Khan Ms. Lohakare, H. Ms. Bhanare, P. Ms. Mahadik, P. Ms. Deole, A. Ms. Nagrale, Vidya Mr. Gaikwad, G. Ms. Nagrale, Vaishali Mr. Guddhe, S. Ms. Patil, V. Ms. Giri, D. Ms. Shegokar, V. Mr. Krishna Mohan Ms. Shinde, P. Ms. Ladwani Krishna, Ms. Surkar, P. Ms. Ladwani Kiran Ms. Warudkar, S.
Technical Assistance Mr. Dhawale, A.H. Mr. Francis, C.W.
Project Leader
Dr. D.S. Ramteke Mr. S. Pentu Saheb
Project Co-ordinator Dr. S.R. Wate
Director
Environmental Impact Assessment Report
For Proposed Installation of
Surat Lignite Power Project (SLPP) Station – III, 2x300 MW CFBC Technology Based Lignite Thermal Power Project
of Gujarat Industries Power Company Ltd.
at
Village Nani-Naroli, Ta. Mangrol, Dist. Surat, Gujarat
National Environmental Engineering Research Institute Nehru Marg, Nagpur 440020 (India)
January 2013
TITLE : Proposed Installation of Surat Lignite Power Project (SLPP) Station III, 2x300 MW Lignite Based Thermal Power Project at Village Karagara, Ta. – Mangrol, Dist. Surat, (Gujarat)
TITLE : Proposed Installation of Surat Lignite Power Project (SLPP) Station III, 2x300 MW Lignite Based Thermal Power Project at Village Karagara, Ta. – Mangrol, Dist. Surat, (Gujarat)
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that M/s. National Environmental Engineering Research Institute has
carried out Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the “Proposed Installation of Surat lignite Power Project (SLPP) Station – III, 2x300 MW CFBC technology Based Lignite Thermal
Power Project ” at Village Karagara, Taluka – Mangrol, Dist. Surat, Guajrat.
The primary base‐line data was collected by NEERI over a period of 3 months, during
December, 2011‐2012 during winter season around the study area (10 km) supported by the
secondary data collected from the govt. Agencies, e.g. forest department, census office and
meteorological department were used for the prediction of impacts for air, noise, water,
land, biology/ecology and socio‐economics environments. It was observed that the project
does not have any major negative impacts to the environment.
M/s. National Environmental Engineering Research Institute is a constituent
laboratory of Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), New Delhi working in the
field of environmental science and technology. The Institute is accredited under “EIA
Consultant Organizations Accreditation Scheme” of Quality Council of India vide letter dated
April 18, 2011 for sector 4 (Sr. No. 4) Thermal Power Plant (Category A). The Institute has ISO
9001‐2010 accreditation and also applied for Accreditation of Environmental Testing
Laboratory from NABL. The Institute is a reference centre of WHO, IWA and recognized as a
National Laboratory by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF, New Delhi).
REGD.OFFICE:
National Environmental Engineering Research Institute
Nehru Marg, Nagpur 440020 (India) Ph.: 0712-2249879 ; Fax: 0712-2249896 E-mail: [email protected]
Contents Details Page No.
List of Plates (x) List of Figures (xi) List of Tables (xiii) List of Annexures (xvii) Executive Summary i-xviii
1.0 Introduction 1.1-1.12
1.1 Preamble 1.1 1.2 Objectives of Study 1.1 1.3 Approved Terms of Reference (ToR) for EIRA Study 1.1 1.4 Methodology for EIA 1.7
1.4.1 Air Environment 1.7 1.4.2 Noise and Vibration Environment 1.8 1.4.3 Water Environment 1.9 1.4.4 Land Environment 1.9 1.4.5 Biological Environment 1.9 1.4.6 Socio-economic Environment 1.10
1.5 Rapid Risk Assessment 1.10
Figures 1.1-1.2 1.11-1.12 2.0 Project Description 2.1-2.38
2.1 Introduction 2.1 2.2 Justification of the Project 2.3
2.2.1 Installed and Planned Generation Capacity in the State of Gujarat
2.3
2.2.2 Demand for Electrical Power 2.3 2.2.3 Installed Generating Capacity 2.3 2.2.4 Need of the Project 2.3
2.3 Power Plant Configuration 2.3
2.3.1 Site Selection Studies for Proposed Plant 2.3
2.3.1.1 Comparative Evaluation of the Various Sites 2.4 2.3.1.2 Recommendation 2.6
2.3.2 Site Features and Fuel Linkage 2.6
2.3.2.1 Location of Site 2.6 2.3.2.2 Basic Station Requirements 2.7 2.3.2.3 Description of Site – Location 2.7
2.3.3 Project Approval & Clearances 2.7
(ii)
Details Page No. 2.4 Plant Infrastructure & Basic Requirements 2.8
2.4.1 Introduction 2.8 2.4.2 Land 2.8 2.4.3 Water Requirement and Availability 2.10 2.4.4 Fuel – Requirement, Availability and Transportation 2.11 2.4.5 Power Evacuation 2.13 2.4.6 Ash Handling System 2.13 2.4.7 Infrastructural Facilities 2.14
2.5 Technical Features and Engineering Aspects (Equipment and Systems)
2.15
2.5.1 Introduction 2.15 2.5.2 Commercial Utilization of Fly Ash 2.15
2.6 Environmental Aspects 2.17
2.6.1 Introduction 2.17 2.6.2 Environmental Aspects 2.18 2.6.3 Environmental Impact Study 2.19 2.6.4 Cost Estimate 2.19
2.6.6.1 Basis of Cost Estimates 2.19 2.6.6.2 Capital Cost Estimate 2.20 2.6.6.3 Phasing of Expenditure 2.20
Figures 2.1-2.4 2.21-2.24 Tables 2.1-2.13 2.25-2.38 3.0 Description of the Environment 3.1-3.127
3.1 Air Environment 3.1
3.1.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
3.1
3.1.2 Reconnaissance 3.2 3.1.3 Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3.2 3.1.4 Micro-meteorology of the Area 3.3 3.1.5 Baseline Status 3.3
3.1.5.1 Particular Matter 3.4 3.1.5.2 Gaseous Pollutants 3.4 3.1.5.3 Particulate Associated Toxic Pollutants 3.5
Figures 3.1.1-3.1.2 3.8-3.9 Tables 3.1.1-3.1.5 3.10-3.14
3.2 Noise Environment 3.15
3.2.1 Methodology and Baseline Environmental Status 3.15 3.2.2 Reconnaissance 3.15 3.2.3 Identification and Characterization of Noise Sources 3.15
(iii)
Details Page No. 3.2.4 Measurement of Baseline Noise Levels in the Study
Area 3.16
Figures 3.2.1 3.17 Tables 3.2.1-3.2.3 3.18-3.19
3.3 Water Environment 3.20
3.3.1 Water Quality Survey 3.20 3.3.2 Baseline Water Quality 3.21
3.3.2.1 Physico-chemical Characteristics 3.21 3.3.2.2 Bacteriological Characteristics 3.22 3.3.2.3 Biological Characteristics 3.22
Figure 3.3.1 3.25 Tables 3.3.1-3.3.10 3.26-3.34
3.4 Land Environment 3.35
3.4.1 Reconnaissance 3.35 3.4.2 Climate and Rainfall 3.35 3.4.3 Soil Type 3.36 3.4.4 Baseline Status 3.36
3.4.4.1 Landuse Pattern 3.36 3.4.4.2 Cropping Pattern 3.36 3.4.4.3 Soil Characteristics 3.36 3.4.4.4 Physical Properties in Soil 3.37 3.4.4.5 Chemical Properties of Soil 3.37 3.4.4.6 Nutrient Status of Soil 3.38 3.4.4.7 Heavy Metal Content in Soil 3.39 3.4.4.8 Soil Microbiology 3.39
3.4.4 Remote Sensing Studies 3.39
Plates 3.4.1-3.4.6 3.44-3.48 Figures 3.4.1-3.4.5 3.49-3.51 Tables 3.4.1-3.4.13 3.52-3.60
3.5 Biological Environment 3.61
3.5.1 Introduction 3.61 3.5.2 Study Area 3.61 3.5.3 Ecological Status 3.62 3.5.4 Survey Methodology 3.62 3.5.5 Floristic Diversity of the Study Area 3.63 3.5.6 Floristic Structure and Composition the Study Area 3.63 3.5.7 Medicinal Plants 3.64 3.5.8 Threatened Plant Species 3.65 3.5.9 Social Forestry 3.65
(iv)
Details Page No. 3.5.10 Agriculture 3.65
3.5.10.1 Horticulture 3.65
3.5.11 Greenbelt around the Industry 3.66 3.5.12 Faunal Biodiversity 3.66
3.5.12.1 Mammals 3.66 3.5.12.2 Reptiles 3.66 3.5.12.3 Insects 3.66
3.5.13 Avifaunal Investigation 3.67 3.5.14 National Park/Reserve Forest or Wildlife Sanctuary 3.67
Plates 3.5.1-3.5.11 3.68-3.73 Figures 3.5.1-3.5.2 3.74-3.75 Tables 3.5.1-3.5.11 3.76-3.92
3.6 Socio-economic Environment 3.93
3.6.1 Reconnaissance 3.93 3.6.2 Baseline Status 3.93
3.6.2.1 Demographic Structure 3.94 3.6.2.2 Infrastructure Resource Base 3.95 3.6.2.3 Economic Attributes 3.96 3.6.2.4 Health Status 3.97 3.6.2.5 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes 3.98
3.6.3 Socio-Economic Survey 3.98
3.6.3.1 Awareness and Opinion 3.99
3.6.4 Quality of Life 3.99 3.6.5 Existing CSR Activity 3.102
Plates 3.6.1-3.6.4 3.103-3.104 Figure 3.6.1-3.6.14 3.105-3.112 Tables 3.6.1-3.6.14 3.113-3.127
4.0 Prediction of Impacts 4.1-4.35
4.1 Air Environment 4.2
4.1.1 Point Sources 4.3 4.1.2 Micro-meteorology 4.4 4.1.3 Air Quality Model Description 4.5 4.1.4 Prediction of Impacts 4.7 4.1.5 Combined Impact due to Power Plant 4.8
Figures 4.1.1-4.1.3 4.9-4.11 Tables 4.1.1-4.1.3 4.12-4.14
(v)
Details Page No. 4.2 Noise Environment 4.15
4.2.1 Prediction of Impacts due to GIPCL 4.15 4.2.2 Prediction of Impacts due to Transportation 4.15 4.2.3 Prediction of Impacts on Community 4.16 4.2.4 Prediction of Impact on Occupational Health 4.16
4.3 Water Environment 4.17
4.3.1 Hydrological Status General 4.19 4.3.2 Regional Geohydrological Scenario 4.20 4.3.3 Hydrological Factors of the Study Area 4.21
4.3.3.1 Nature of Formations 4.21 4.3.3.2 Groundwater Condition 4.21
4.3.4 Groundwater Recharge and Potential 4.22
4.3.4.1 Source of Recharge 4.22 4.3.4.2 Recharge Assessment 4.22
Tables 4.3.1-4.3.5 4.26-4.29
4.4 Land Environment 4.30
4.4.1 Landuse 4.30
4.4.1.1 Construction Phase 4.30 4.4.1.2 Operational Phase 4.30
4.4.2 Solid Waste 4.30
4.5 Biological Environment 4.30
4.5.1 Impact Due to Project Activity 4.31 4.5.2 Biotic Pressure 4.31 4.5.3 Other Factors Affecting Vegetation 4.31
4.6 Socio-economic Environment 4.31
Tables 4.6.1-4.6.2 4.34-4.36
5.0 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites) 5.1-5.2
6.0 Environmental Monitoring Programme 6.1-6.4
6.1 Implementation & Monitoring 6.1 6.2 Air Quality Monitoring 6.2 6.3 Land Environment Monitoring 6.2 6.4 Noise Environment Monitoring 6.3 6.5 House Keeping 6.3 6.6 Staff Requirement for Environment Management 6.3 6.7 Operation and Maintenance of Pollution Control System 6.3 6.8 Monitoring of Pollution 6.4
(vi)
Details Page No. 6.9 Environmental Management Apex Review Committee 6.4 6.10 Budgetary Provisions 6.4 6.11 Submission of Monitoring Reports to MoEF 6.4 7.0 Additional Studies 7.1-7.2
7.1 Public Consultation 7.1 7.2 Risk Assessment 7.1 7.3 Social Impact Assessment and R & R Action Plan 7.1
7.3.1 Assessment of Social Impact due to Project 7.2 8.0 Project Benefits 8.1-8.4
8.1 General Benefit 8.1 8.2 Advantage in terms of least Green House Gases (GHGs)
Emissions 8.2
8.3 Environmental Sustainability of the Project 8.2 8.4 Socio-Economic Development of the Region around Ennore 8.2 8.4.1 Socio Economic Benefits 8.3 8.4.2 Other Tangible Benefits 8.3 8.4.3 Corporate Social Responsibility 8.4 9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9.1
10.0 Environmental Management Plan 10.1-10.36
10.1 Construction Phase 10.1 10.2 Operation Phase 10.3
10.2.1 Air Environment 10.3 10.2.2 Noise Environment 10.9
10.2.2.1 Measures for Minimizing Impacts due to Vibrations
10.10
10.2.3 Water Environment 10.11
10.2.3.1 Wastewater Management for Individual Sections
10.12
10.2.3.2 General Recommendations for Wastewater Management
10.14
10.2.3.3 Conservation of Water – Rain Water Harvesting
10.15
10.2.4 Land Environment 10.17
10.2.4.1 Greenbelt Development 10.17 10.2.4.2 Solid Waste Management 10.19 10.2.4.3 Use of Fly Ash 10.19 10.2.4.4 Domestic Solid Wastes from colony 10.20 10.2.4.5 Disposal of Waste Oil / Spent Oil 10.21
10.2.5 Biological Environment 10.23
(vii)
Details Page No. 10.2.6 Socio-economic Environment 10.23
10.3 Post-project Environmental Quality Monitoring 10.25
10.3.1 Air Environment 10.25 10.3.2 Noise Environment 10.26
10.3.2.1 Vibrations Monitoring 10.26
10.3.3 Water Environment 10.26
10.4 Environmental Management Cell 10.28 10.5 Budgetary Provisions for EMP 10.28 10.6 CSR Activities Proposed with Budgetary Provision 10.29
Plate 10.1 10.32 Figures 10.1-10.2 10.33-10.34 Tables 10.1-10.4 10.35-10.36
11.0 Summary and Conclusions 11.1-11.5
12.0 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged 12.1-12.16
12.1 NEERI Profile 12.1
12.1.1 NEERI Mission and Vision 12.1 12.1.2 Mandate of NEERI 12.2 12.1.3 NEERI Activities 12.2 12.1.4 NEERI Services & Goods 12.2 12.1.5 NEERI Human Resources 12.3 12.1.6 Organisational Chart of CSIR and NEERI 12.4 12.1.7 Financial Resources of NEERI 12.5 12.1.8 Analytical Instruments, Computer Systems and
Software at NEERI 12.6
12.1.8.1 Analytical Instrumentation Resource 12.6 12.1.8.2 Computer Hardwares & Prepherials 12.7 12.1.8.3 Supporting Software 12.7
12.1.9 Clients of NEERI 12.11
3.6.1 Clients: International 12.11 3.6.2 Clients: Central Government 12.11 3.6.3 Clients: State Government 12.12 3.6.4 Clients : Private Industries (National) 12.12 3.6.5 Clients : Private Industries (Multi-National) 12.13
12.1.10 Studies with International Funding 12.14 12.1.11 US-AEP AWARD TO NEERI 12.15 12.1.12 Conformity to ISO 9001:2008 12.16 12.1.13 Contact Persons 12.16
(viii)
Details Page No. 13.0 Risk Assessment Study 13.1-13.28
13.1 Introduction 13.1
13.1.1 Methodology of MCA Analysis 13.2
13.2 Past Accident Data Analysis 13.2 13.3 Hazard Identification 13.3
13.3.1 Fire and Explosion Index (FEI) 13.3
13.4 MCA Analysis 13.4
13.4.1 Fire and Toxic Scenarios 13.5
13.4.1.1 Pool Fire 13.5 13.4.1.2 Toxic Release 13.6
13.4.2 Models for the Calculation of Heat load 13.6 13.4.3 Vulnerability Models 13.6 13.4.4 Failure Frequency 13.7
13.5 Computation of Damage Distances 13.7 13.6 Risk Mitigation Measures 13.9
13.6.1 General Recommendations 13.9 13.6.2 Project Specific Measures 13.10
13.6.2.1 Chlorine Tonners 13.10 13.6.2.2 HFO Storage Tank 13.11
13.6.3 Coal Dust-Occupational Health Hazard 13.12
13.6.3.1 Diseases Caused by Coal Dust Exposure 13.12 13.6.3.2 Progressive Massive Fibrosis (PMF) 13.13 13.6.3.3 Obstructive Lung Diseases 13.13 13.6.3.4 Skin and Eye Injuries 13.14
13.6.4 Heat Stress 13.14 13.6.5 Coal Storage & Handling System Precautions 13.15
13.7 Approach to Disaster Management Plan 13.16
13.7.1 Disaster Management/Emergency Preparedness Plan : On-Site
13.16
13.7.2 Disaster Management/Emergency Preparedness Program : Off-site
13.19
Figures 13.1-13.4 13.21-13.23 Tables 13.1-13.9 13.24-28
14.0 Compliance Report of the Conditions Stipulated in the
Environmental Clearances Accorded for Phase-I and Phase-II 14.1-14.95
Letter to MoEF 14.2 Monitoring Report- Part I 14.4
(ix)
Details Page No. Progress report of Surat Lignite Power Plant 14.10 Annexure-I : E.C. Compliance Report of 2X125MW: Station-I. 14.11
Annexure-II : E.C. Compliance Report of 2X125MW: Station-II. 14.14
Annexure- A : Water Balance Diagram 14.17
Annexure- B : Detail of Online Weather Monitoring Station Photographs of Weather Monitoring Station
14.18 14.19-14.20
Annexure- C : Locations of Ambient Air Monitoring Station of 4X125 Power Plant
14.21
Annexure- D : Locations of Noise level Monitoring Station of 4X125 Power Plant
14.22
Annexure- E : Stack Monitoring Locations 14.23
Annexure- F : Water Monitoring Locations 14.24
Annexure- G : Category wise Hazardous Waste detail 14.25
Annexure-H : Form-V: Environmental Statement for the financial year 2011- 2012
14.26
Annexure- I : Characteristics of Hazardous Waste 14.31
Annexure- II : Characteristics of Solid Waste 14.32
Annexure-I : Land Break-up of existing 4X125MW Surat Lignite Power Project
14.33
Annexure- J : Summary of Green Belt Development and Plantation
14.34
Annexure-K : Public Liability Insurance Policy 14.35
Annexure- L : Forest clearance for approaches and Raw Water pipeline.
14.41
Annexure- M : Write-up on Fly ash filling in Vastan Mine. 14.45
Annexure-III : Half-yearly monitoring report of ambient air quality, stack air, weather, water/waste water quality and noise level from 01.01.2012 to 30.06.2012.
14.46
Annexure-IV : Daily stack monitoring report for the month of January 2012 to June 2012.
14.90
(x)
List of Plates
Plates No. Title Page No.
3.4.1 Cotton field observed in study area 3.44
3.4.2 Sugar cane field observed in study area 3.44
3.4.3 FCC of Study Area Buffer Zone (10 Km Radius) 3.45
3.4.4 Land Use Land Cover of Study Area Buffer Zone (10 Km Radius)
3.46
3.4.5 FCC of Study Area Core Zone (05 Km Radius) 3.47
3.4.6 Land Use Land Cover Of Study Area Core Zone (05 Km Radius)
3.48
3.5.1 Dominant Species Prosopis Juliflora Observed in Study Area (Core Zone)
3.68
3.5.2 Aquatic plant Nelumbo spp. observed near Nana Nagma village pond (Buffer Zone)
3.68
3.5.3 A View of Euphorbia caducifolia observed in Study Area (Buffer Zone)
3.69
3.5.4 Plantation Developed around the Existing Plant 3.69
3.5.5 Sugarcane Field Observed in Study Area (Core Zone) 3.70
3.5.6 Cotton field observed near Wasrai village (Buffer Zone) 3.70
3.5.7 Common peafowl (Pavo cristatus) observed near Shah Navapara
3.71
3.5.8 Red wattled lapwing (Vanellus indicus) observed near Asodala village
3.71
3.5.9 Hoopoe (Upupa epops) observed near Charetha village 3.72
3.5.10 Crow pheasant (Centropus sinensis) observed near Asodala village
3.72
3.5.11 Magpie robin (Copsychus saularis) observed in study area
3.73
3.6.1 Eye Camp-Diagnosis & Follow-up Treatment 3.103
3.6.2 Taluka Level Science Mela 3.103
3.6.3 Distribution of SS Dish & Toys to Aanganwadis 3.104
3.6.4 Arrange Womens Seminar in Study Area 3.104
10.1 Green View of Existing Plant 10.32
(xi)
List of Figures
Figures No. Title Page No.
1.1 Study Area 1.14
1.2 Layout Map of GIPCL 1.15
2.1 Site Location Map 2.21
2.2 Power Grid Map of India 2.22
2.3 Location Site of the Proposed Power Plant 2.23
2.4 Water Balance Diagram 2.24
3.1.1 Sampling Locations for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3.8
3.1.2 Windrose Diagram during Winter Season 3.9
3.2.1 Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring 3.17
3.3.1 Sampling Locations for Water Monitoring 3.25
3.4.1 Land Use Pattern of Core Zone in Study Area 3.49
3.4.2 Land Use Pattern of Buffer Zone in Study Area 3.49
3.4.3 Soil Sampling Location in Study Area 3.50
3.4.4 Texture Diagram of Study Area for Core Zone 3.51
3.4.5 Texture Diagram of Study Area for Buffer Zone 3.51
3.5.1 Sampling Locations for Biological Environment 3.74
3.5.2 Layout Map of GIPCL Greenbelt 3.75
3.6.1 Socio economic Environment Sampling Locations in Study Area
3.105
3.6.2 Socio Economic Surved Map 3.106
3.6.3 Proportional Male, Female distribution of total Population in the study area in core zone
3.106
3.6.4 Literacy Rate of the Study Area In Core Zone (Source: 2001 Census of District)
3.107
3.6.5 Employment Pattern of working population in Study Area In Core Zone
3.107
3.6.6 Main worker employment Pattern of working population in the study area in core zone
3.108
(xii)
Figures No. Title Page No.
3.6.7 Proportional Male, Female distribution of total Population in the study area in buffer zone
3.108
3.6.8 Literacy Rate of the study area in buffer zone (Source: 2001 Census of District)
3.109
3.6.9 Employment Pattern of Working Population In The Study Area In Buffer Zone
3.109
3.6.10 Main worker employment Pattern of working population in the study area in buffer zone
3.110
3.6.11 Primary school in Tadkeshwar village, in the study area 3.110
3.6.12 Primary Health Center in Nani Naroli village, in the study area
3.111
3.6.13 Dissusion with Local Authority in Surali village, Magrol Taluk in Gujarat State
3.111
3.6.14 Dissusion with women group in Mangrol, Magrol Taluk in Gujarat State
3.112
4.1.1 Incremental GLCs of SO2 due to Proposed Units at SLPP-III 4.9
4.1.2 Incremental GLCs of NOx due to Proposed Units at SLPP-III 4.10
4.1.3 Incremental GLCs of SPM due to Proposed units at SLPP-III. 4.11
10.1 Recommended Greenbelt Development within and around Proposed Site
10.33
10.2 Existing SLPP Plant –Green Belt Development 10.34
13.1 Accidental Release of Chemicals : A Scenario 13.21
13.2 Damage Contour for Pool Fire Scenario due to 10 mm Leak at 4 kW/m2 in HFO Storage Tank
13.22
13.3a Shed for Cl, Tonner 13.23
13.3b Water Curtain for Cl2 13.23
13.4 Onsite DMP-Disaster Control/Management System 13.23
(xiii)
List of Tables
Table No. Title Page No.
2.1 Projected Peak Power Demand and Energy Requirement of Gujarat
2.25
2.2 Installed Generation Capacity in MW for the State of Gujarat for 2006-2007
2.26
2.3 Projected Generation Capacity for the State of Gujarat till 2012 2.28
2.4 Deficit in Installed Capacity and Energy Demand for the State of Gujarat
2.29
2.5 Comparative State of Various Sites 2.30
2.6 Estimated Requirements of Land, Fuel and Water 2.32
2.7 Quality of Lignite 2.33
2.8 Meteorological Data 2.34
2.9 Yearly Ash Utilization 2.34
2.10 Raw Water Analysis 2.35
2.11 Analysis of Fuel Oil 2.35
2.12 Analysis of Ash 2.36
2.13 Estimated Project Cost 2.37
3.1.1 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (December 2011-2012)
3.10
3.1.2 Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3.11
3.1.3 Ambient Air Quality Status within the Study Area (December 2011-2012)
3.12
3.1.4 Levels of Particulate Associated (Pb, Ni, As and BaP) Toxic Pollutants (Winter 2011-2012)
3.13
3.1.5 Levels of Gaseous Pollutants in Ambient Air (Winter 2011-12) 3.14
3.2.1 Noise Level in the Residential Area 3.18
3.2.2 Noise Level in Commercial Area 3.19
3.2.3 Noise Level in Sensitive Zone 3.19
3.3.1 Water Quality – Sampling Locations (Winter 2011) 3.26
3.3.2 Water Quality - Physical Parameters (Winter 2011) 3.27
(xiv)
Table No. Title Page No.
3.3.3 Water Quality- Inorganic Parameters (Winter 2011) 3.28
3.3.4 Water Quality - Nutrient and Demand Parameters (Winter 2011) 3.29
3.3.5 Water Quality-Heavy Metals (Winter 2011) 3.30
3.3.6 Water Quality – Bacteriological Parameters (Winter 2011) 3.31
3.3.7 Biological Parameters – Phytoplankton (Winter 2011) 3.32
3.3.8 Phytoplankton Species Observed in Water Sample (Winter 2011)
3.33
3.3.9 Biological Parameters – Zooplankton (Winter 2011) 3.34
3.3.10 Zooplankton Species Identified in Water Samples (Winter 2011) 3.34
3.4.1 Land Use Pattern (in Hectares) 3.52
3.4.2 Name of the Villages Surveyed 3.52
3.4.3 Textural Class of Soil 3.53
3.4.4 Physical Characteristics of Soil 3.53
3.4.5 Chemical Characteristics of Soil Extract 3.54
3.4.6 Cation Exchange Capacity of Soil 3.54
3.4.7 Relationship of CEC with Productivity 3.55
3.4.8 Relationship of CEC with Adsorptivity 3.55
3.4.9 Fertility Status of Soils in Study Area 3.56
3.4.10 Heavy Metals in Soil 3.57
3.4.11 Microbiological Characteristics of Soil 3.58
3.4.12 Land use/Land Cover Classification System 3.59
3.4.13 Inventory of Land use / Land cover (10 Km Radius) 3.60
3.5.1 List of Sampling Locations 3.76
3.5.2 List of Flora recorded from Forest Division 3.77
3.5.3 List of fauna recorded from Forest Department 3.83
3.5.4 List of Medicinal Plants Recorded from working plan of Forest Division
3.85
3.5.5 List of plant species planted by Social Forestry 3.86
(xv)
Table No. Title Page No.
3.5.6 Cultivated Area Production and Productivity of Surat District (Rabi-season 2010-11)
3.87
3.5.7 Cultivated area production and productivity of Surat district (Kharif season 2010-11)
3.88
3.5.8 Annual Rainfall of Surat district 3.88
3.5.9 Production and productivity of Horticulture Crops 3.89
3.5.10 List of Plant Species found in Green Belt 3.90
3.5.11 List of Avifauna Observed by NEERI Team 3.91
3.6.1 Survey Villages 3.113
3.6.2 Demographic Structure of the Study Area 3.114
3.6.3 Demographic Summary of Study Area 3.116
3.6.4 Infrastructure Resource Base in Study Area 3.117
3.6.5 Employment Pattern in the Study Area 3.119
3.6.6 Vital Statistical Data of Mortality Pattern 3.121
3.6.7 Vital Statistical Data of Morbidity Pattern 3.121
3.6.8 Statistical Health Data - Report: April to Nevember-2011/12 3.122
3.6.9 Education Facility of the surveyed area 3.122
3.6.10 Health Facility of the surveyed area 3.123
3.6.11 Electricity and Sanitation Facility of the surveyed area 3.124
3.6.12 Employment Facility of the surveyed area 3.125
3.6.13 Awareness about Project 3.126
3.6.14 Quality of Life Existing in Sampling Village 3.127
4.1.1 Point Sources and Atmospheric Emissions at SLPP-II (Proposed Scenario 2X 300 MW)
4.12
4.1.2 Micrometeorological Data Used for Air Quality Prediction 4.13
4.1.3 Predicted Concentrations under different scenarios 4.14
4.3.1 Water requirement for the Existing TPS, 2x125 MW (Unit I & II) under Commissioning 2x125 MW (Unit III & IV) and Proposed 2x300 MW Power Project, GIPCL SLPP-Station-II.
4.26
(xvi)
Table No. Title Page No.
4.3.2 Wastewater Generation for the Existing TPS, 2x125 MW (Unit I & II) under Commissioning 2x125 MW (Unit III & IV) and Proposed 2x300 MW Project Power Project, GIPCL SLPP-Station-II.
4.27
4.3.3 Wastewater Reuse and Recycle 4.27
4.3.4 Overall Water Balance 4.28
4.3.5 Wastewater Characteristics (Existing Plant) 4.29
4.6.1 Expected Change in Subjective Quality of Life 4.34
4.6.2 Expected Change in Average Quality of Life 4.35
10.1 Use of Fly Ash in Hydraulic Structures 10.35
10.2 Generation and Utilisation of Flyash (During 1997 – 1998) 10.35
10.3 Utilisation of Fly Ash by Thermal Power Stations in India* 10.36
10.4 Utilisation of Fly Ash Under Different Categories 10.36
13.1 Degree of Hazards Based on FEI 13.24
13.2 Degree of Hazards Based on Toxicity Index 13.24
13.3 Fire and Explosion Index and Toxicity Index 13.24
13.4 Pasquill – Giffard Atmospheric Stability 13.25
13.5 List of Damages Envisaged at Various Heat Loads 13.25
13.6 Range of Thermal Flux Levels and their Potential Effects 13.26
13.7 Failure Frequencies for Storage Tanks 13.26
13.8 Consequence Analysis for Pool Fire Scenario 13.27
13.9 Consequence Analysis for Toxic Release Scenario 13.28
(xvii)
List of Annexures
Annexure No. Title Page No.
I Compliance to the Minutes of ToR I-1 to I-9
II Principle Clearance for drawal of water from river from Narmada Water Resources and Water Supply Department
II-1 to II-2
III Green View of Existing SLPP Plant III-1 to III-14
IV Proposed Planning of Green Belt development and Plantation for SLPP Expansion
IV-1 to IV-2
V QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations to NEERI
V-1
i
Executive Summary 1.0 Introduction
The State of Gujarat is poised for rapid industrial development and large-scale use
of electricity for industrial purposes, for which the demand for electrical power is continuously
increasing. The present demand for electrical power is greatly in excess of the generating
capacity. The power generation scenario in the state reveals that the demand for power will
continue to out-strip the available and planned generation capacity.
In view of this, there is a need for addition of power generation capacity in Gujarat to
stabilize the economy and foster the industrial economy and growth, Gujarat Industries Power
Company Limited (GIPCL) has decided to increase generating capacity by adding
2x300 Station-III at village Nani Naroli, Taluka Mangrol, Dist Surat near existing Surat lignite
power plant. The Mangrol-Valia lignite mine covering leased area of 2080 hectares in Mangrol
and Valia taluka of Surat and Bharuch districts respectively is 14-15 km from the proposed
2x300 MW, Station-III with a reserve of 199 million tonnes will be used as a fuel source for the
proposed project. The requirement of lignite has been estimated to be 3.75 MTPA.
The proposed plant site is adjacent to the existing power plant. The latitude
and longitude of the site is A point : 21O24’31.903”N and 73O06’43.754”E, B point :
21O24’14.550”N and 73O07’19.025”E, C point : 21O24’08.653”N and 73O07’16.302”E, D point :
21O24’12.439”N and 73O06’37.834”E respectively.
The site is accessible by road from Mumbai-Ahmedabad National highway through
state highway from Kim and Kosama. The site is located at a distance of 30 km from
Kosamba. Nearest railway station is Kosamba and Surat which are at a distance of 30 km and
50 km respectively from the project site. Nearest Airport is Surat which is at a distance of 70
km from the project site.
Various possible power plant site locations (six) have been evaluated considering
various aspects like:
• Lignite transportation
• Site approach,
• Land terrain
• Land strata / type of soil,
• Natural and other building/structural obstructions
Executive Summary
ii
• Presence of human habitation near the proposed plant site
• Power evacuation /access for the power lines
• Distance from Tapi river which is the source of water for the proposed
Station -III.
Following site locations were studied for locating the proposed Station -III:
Site - A At village Nani Naroli North – East Side of the existing power plant along the Tadkeswar – Mosali State highway.
Site - B North side of the Mosali – Jankavav State highway between Mosali Chokdi and Gadkach Village.
Site ALT-B Village : Kargara/Khareda -4 Km inside from state Highway Mosali-Jhankhvav
Site – C East size of Bhaga and Rajgadh village (Eastern side of mines block D) on “Valia – Desad – Sodgam – Wadi State highway”.
Site –D North end of the mining lease area in Vagad-Khol village before the State Reserve police camp on the Ankleshwar-Valia-Netrang State Highway
Site –E North end of the mining lease area in Vagad-Khol village near State Reserve police camp on the Ankleshwar-Valia-Netrang State highway.
Based on the criteria for selection of site and feasibility of the site location, site A
was selected for the proposed plant.
The advantage of this site is that, this site is adjacent to the existing plant and on
available land. The land terrain is plain with farse vegetation. It is away from the dense habitat
area.
Land for the proposed power plant is already available with GIPCL. The total land
required for the power plant area is estimated to be around 150 ha, for installation of two units
of capacity 300 MW each including space for raw water reservoir, cooling towers, Lignite and
lime stone handling system with 10 days coal stockpile, Fuel Oil unloading and storage facility,
400 kV switchyard have been considered etc.
The ash generated from the proposed units will be 100 % utilized in dry form by way
of supply of ash to ash based products manufactures. However, in case any excess quantity
left out, the same would be disposed after mixing with over burden into captive lignite mines
for voids filling. Hence, no additional area for ash disposal is required.
Executive Summary
iii
The source of raw water is river Tapi which has perennial flow throughout the year.
The total raw water requirement for the proposed power plant units is 50016 m3/d (11 MGD).
In Principle Clearance for drawal of water from river Tapi is already available and
proposed to install additional pumps in existing intake well for drawal of water at the village
Patna. Studies for drawal of water from river Tapi and proposed routing of raw water pipelines
to the proposed power plant area is under process. Thus adequate and reliable quantity of
water is available for the proposed power plant.
2.0 Baseline Environmental Status and Assessment of Impacts
2.1 Air Environment PM2.5, PM10, SO2 & NOx were monitored on 24 hourly basis including grab samples
of HCs, VOCs and CO2. In all 14 ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected within
the study area during winter season (2011-2012).
The ambient air quality status observed during winter seasons in core zone area
(5 Km radius) and buffer zone area (10 km radius). The average concentrations of PM10 at
each site varied from 52-71μg/m3.
The average PM2.5 concentrations were observed to be in the range of 27-37 μg/m3.
The average concentrations of SO2 at all stations were in the range of 17-28 μg/m3
and the average concentrations of NOx were in the range of 8-25 μg/m3. The concentration
levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are well below the stipulated standard of CPCB.
For estimating the atmospheric emissions from the proposed expansion for each
2x300 MW unit, the given lignite consumption rate of 3.75 million tonnes/annum is considered
alongwith the coal characteristics like the ash content of 10% (wt.) and sulphur content 1.2 %.
The predicted maximum concentrations are 2.6 μg/m3, 3.6 μg/m3 and 11.8 μg/m3
respectively for SO2, NOx and PM10 respectively at a distance of 4.9 Km in NW direction for
SO2 and NOx and at 0.5 Km in W direction for SPM. The maximum GCLs occurring at larger
distance due to proposed stacks because of higher stack height of 275 m of proposed unit.
The ground level impact of all pollutants exclusively from proposed power project
would be very insignificant (SO2 and NOx < 4 μg/m3 and PM10 < 12 μg/m3). The cumulative
impact (including the existing and under construction units of SLPP) would also be very less
during winter season at the given emissions rates. The post project air quality status, i.e. after
implementation of proposed Units (2x300 MW) power project, would be well within the
Executive Summary
iv
prescribed NAAQS for residential, rural and mix areas, while the SPM levels may remain
exceeding the standards, as indicated by the baseline status itself, mainly due to local natural
sources. However, the impact (contribution) from the proposed stack emissions would be
negligible.
2.2 Noise Environment The noise levels in the residential zone have been monitored. The Noise levels
ranged between 41-69 dBA during day time and 38-56 dBA during night time in core and
buffer zone. At the commercial zone the noise level ranged between 70.7-73.0 dBA during
day time and 59.6-64.0 dBA at night time. The noise levels for sensitive area varied from
52.0-62.9 dBA during day time and 46.0-54.2 dBA during night time.
Increase in traffic due to proposed power plant will be 135 heavy vehicular trips,
163 medium and 245 light. Cumulative noise level due to traffic will be around 78 dBA, 2 dBA
more than the existing level and will not have significant impact on the villages located
surrounding the proposed plant.
2.3 Water Environment The baseline water quality (physico-chemical and biological) of the region was
monitored by identifying 11 sampling locations. Samples collected include various sources viz.
2 from surface waters, 8 from Hand Pumps, 1 from bore well from the study area.
The physico-chemical characteristics of Canal water showed pH: 7.7-8.1, TDS: 242-
246 mg/l and TSS : 2-14 mg/l. Alkalinity was found to be 152-164 mg/l. The nutrient load in
the form of nitrate was observed 3.55-5.13 mg/l and phosphate in the range of 0.42-0.73 mg/l.
The organic load in terms of COD (Chemical Oxygen Demand) was found to be
6.2-8.0 mg/l. Heavy metals were found within the permissible limits of drinking water.
The physico-chemical characteristics of groundwater indicate pH in the range
of 7.0-8.1; turbidity <1-3 NTU, TDS: 495-1200 mg/l. Total suspended solids (TSS)
concentration was in the range of 1-2 mg/l. The inorganic parameters viz. alkalinity was in the
range of 92-346 mg/l; total hardness 292-498 mg/l; chlorides 58-350 mg/l; sulphates
31-212 mg/l.
Demand Parameter COD was in the range of <3 mg/l. Nitrates and phosphates were
9.42-39.22 mg/l and 0.1-0.75 mg/l respectively. Heavy metals were found to be within the
permissible limits of drinking water.
Executive Summary
v
The total colifoms and faecal coliforms are not found in bore well samples
collected, whereas in canal water samples the total coliforms are found in the range of
45-110 CFU/100 ml.
The phytoplankton count as number of organism per ml of water sample of Surface
water varied between 480-624. Baseillariaphyceae was found to be the dominant group.
Shannon Weaver Diversity (SWD) Index varies between 2.93-3.28 indicating healthy water
body.
The zooplankton count as number of organisms per m3 of water sample varied
between 769-1308. Copepoda the dominant group followed by Cladocera and Echinodermata.
The SWD index varies between 2.44 to 2.14, which indicates moderate productivity.
Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation for Proposed 2x300 MW Unit
The source of raw water is river Tapi, which has perennial flows throughout
the year. The total raw water requirement for the proposed power plant units is 50016 m3/day
(11 MGD). The wastewater generation for the proposed power plant would be 7074 m3/day.
All effluents are proposed to be collected in guard pond for effluent treatment. The collected
water in guard pond would be utilized for plant washing, gardening purposes and fire water
storage. The effluents generated from washing of houses of lignite handling system are
proposed to be collected in lignite run-off pond and will be treated in clarifier.
The generated wastewater from blow down is quite suitable for Bamboo, Jatropha
plantation and green belt development.
2.4 Land Environment Agriculture is the main source of occupation and more than 51 percent land is under
agriculture. Main Kharif crops are cotton, jowar, maize tur and mug. The small area is covered
with vegetables. The majority of the agricultural field is clay in texture. The 10 km radius area
is divided into two parts 1) core area, 2) within 10 km radius area.
Agriculture is a major activities in the core area from the proposed site and it is found
that more than 78 percent land come under unirrigated agricultural land. The irrigated
agricultural land cover only 10 percent crops. About 7 percent land is covered with culturable
waste land including gaucher and groves and 5.88 percent land is beloged to area not
available for cultivation.
Total seven composite soil samples were collected from the study area within
10 km radial distance including core area and within 10 km radial distance along with one
Executive Summary
vi
composite soil samples from the GIPCL green belt site respectively.
The texture of the soil is clay. Clay content in the soil of the study area varies from
44.2-54.60 %.
The bulk density of the soil in the study area is in the range of 1.22 to 1.38 g/cm3
whereas the porosity and water holding capacity are in the range of 50.22-59.78 % and 52.71-
61.38 % respectively. The pH of the soil in the study area is neutral to slightly alkaline in
reaction having pH in the range of 7.8 to 8.3. The EC for the soil samples are in the range of
0.23 to 1.17 dS/m. The chemical analysis shows that the soils are normal.
The most important cations present in soluble state in the soil are calcium and
magnesium. It was observed that calcium and magnesium are in the range of 0.44 to
0.827 meq/l and 0.12 to 0.24 meq/l respectively. Sodium and potassium in the soils are varies
from 0.31 to 0.98 meq/l and 0.01 to 0.3 meq/l respectively.
In general, the soil in the region has very high adsorption capacity as evident from
the cation exchange capacity which was found to be in the range of 33.49-41.06 cmol (P+)
Kg-1 soil. Amongst the different exchangeable cations, calcium is prominent followed by
magnesium. The concentrations of calcium and magnesium vary from 18.62-23.64 cmol(P+)
kg-1 and 10.52-13.06 cmol(P+) kg-1 of soil respectively. Sodium and potassium are in the range
of 1.40-1.61 cmol(P+) kg-1 and 1.62-1.81 cmol(P+) kg-1 of soil respectively.
Exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP) was found to vary from 3.8 to 4.3. ESP
between 4-10 can be considered as satisfactory. Soils from all the villages are normal with
respect to alkalinity as exchangeable sodium percentage of soil is below 15. The soils of all
the villages have very high adsorptive capacity and also have high productivity.
Organic matter present in the soil influences the soils physical and chemical
properties. Organic matter commonly accounts as one third or more of the cation exchange
capacity of surface soils. It is also responsible for stability of soil aggregates.
Organic carbon and available nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium are found
to be in the range of 0.27-0.60 % and 122.9-341.2, 0.179-6.182 and 43.41-101.50 kg/ha
respectively. Soil samples are poor to medium level content in organic carbon. Data indicates
that soil are poor to medium fertile.
Lignite based power plants use huge quantities of lignite which result in ash
production. Thus the ash handling system plays an important role in environmental
management.
Executive Summary
vii
The estimated bed ash generation quantity for 2x300 MW units based on an ash
content of 20 % in the worst lignite would be about 2x70 TPH (Including Gypsum & unreacted
CaO).
Both bed ash and fly ash will be collected in ash silos through dense phase
pneumatic system to facilitate dry ash collection. Bed ash & Fly Ash would be disposed off in
dry form for utilization.
2.5 Biological Environment The study area is covered with natural vegetation. However no forest land comes
under study area. The Umarpara Forest is 50 km away from the study area. Agricultural
activities are also undertaken in the nearby villages. Prosopis juliflora (Jangali Babul) is
observed to be dominant in the study area
The nature of vegetation cover in core and buffer is mixed. Most of the human
population is dependent on agriculture for their livelihood. The grazing on uninhabited
wasteland by livestock is a common practice because of more number of cattle and openly
available land for grazing. Few medicinal plants were recorded, amongst which Azadirachta
indica, Cassia fistula, Ficus benghalensis are common one. In and around the villages, the
other trees observed are Azadirachta indica (Neem), Cassia fistula (Bahava), Casuarina
equisetifolia (Suru), Eucalyptus sp. (Nilgiri), Ficus benghalensis (Bad), Ficus religiosa (Pipal),
Mangifera indica (Aam), Phoenix sylvestris (Khajur), Ricinus communis (Castor), Tamarindus
indica (Imli), etc. were observed.
A total of 11 sites in core and buffer zone were visited by NEERI team during the
month of January 2012.
A total of 36 birds were observed in the study area during the visit. Most dominant
varieties of birds were observed to be house crow and Indian myna in majority of the sampling
sites. About 66 species of common birds were found to be available in the study area as
recorded by the Forest Department Office.
The core zone area do not support any habitat for any group of wild animal except
few animals such as squirrel, lizards and bird species those well adapted to urban areas. They
live in the agricultural field, open scrub land. Other wildlife fauna commonly available in the
study area.
Executive Summary
viii
2.6 Socio-economic Environment Most of the villages have basic infrastructural facilities like drinking water supply,
medical, power supply, P & T and communication. Electricity for lighting is available on
24 hrs basis in all the villages under Jyoti Gram Yojana Scheme of Government of Gujarat.
The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area are:
• Agriculture is the main occupation. The main crop is sugarcane the surveyed
area while few respondents are having job in private sector or either
government sector.
• Education facilities are available up to primary school. For middle , secondary
and higher studies people avail the facility from the nearest block and district
• Mainly wood is used as fuel since availability of Kerosene and LPG in the
villages
• Most of the area are having electricity facility both for agricultural and domestic
purpose
• Literacy level among the respondents is good. This is mainly because of better
educational facilities
• Communication and transportation facilities are good in most of the villages.
Maximum villages having bus service facility
• Many respondents expect job opportunities in construction as well as
operational phase
Awareness regarding the proposed project is good in the region but the awareness
regarding the existing GIPCL project is very high. The land is already available with GIPCL for
the proposed Power Project.
The average QoL index value for the study area is leaning satisfactory level due to
employment facilities and also availability of basic needs, viz. food, clothing, and housing.
3.0 Environment Management Plan
3.1 Air Environment The impacts during the construction phase would be of transient nature and prevail
for a shorter duration. However, the control of pollution during construction phase is of
Executive Summary
ix
considerable importance. Following control measures are recommended to mitigate the
probable adverse impacts :
• Sites for construction and workers camp should be clearly demarcated to prevent
occupational hazards. Ensure provision for necessary basic needs and
infrastructure facilities such as water supply, sanitary facilities, housing, domestic
fuel etc.
• Preparation of site will involve excavation and transport of substantial quantities of
earthen material and generation of large quantities of waste material. Site grading
operations will also involve stockpiling of backfill materials. Due care needs to be
taken to avoid water pollution problems during rainy season due to washout of waste
material from dump sites
• Blasting operations, if involved for deeper foundations, these should be conducted
with due care as per prevailing safety regulations
• Where, gases or fumes are likely to be present in trenches/foundations, sufficient
mechanical/artificial ventilation to protect the health and safety of persons working
there, shall be provided. If necessary, the personnel working there shall be provided
with respiratory protective equipment when work in such unhealthy conditions is to
be carried out
• At the site of construction, where petroleum powered equipments are used and
temporary storage of petroleum products (Highly inflammable) is done, these may
cause fire hazard, if safety norms are not strictly followed. Care should, therefore, be
taken to avoid all sources of ignition at such places
• During dry weather conditions, it is necessary to control the dust emissions arising
out of the excavation, leveling, transportation and stockpiling activities by water
sprinkling
• It should be ensured that diesel powered vehicles are properly maintained to
minimize the exhaust emissions as well as noise generation
• Though the effect of noise on the nearby inhabitants due to construction activity will
be negligible, noise prone activities should be restricted to the extent possible during
daytime in order to have minimum noise impact during night time.
• Onsite workers should strictly use noise protection devices like earmuffs. The
construction machinery should be maintained to minimize the noise levels generated
Executive Summary
x
• Accidental spillages of oil from construction equipment and storage sites should be
prevented
• Combustible wastes should be burnt in a controlled manner and other category of
wastes should be disposed off at identified dump site
• Hazardous materials such as petrol, diesel, lubricating oil, compressed gases, paint
and varnishes as also explosives for blasting operations required at the site during
construction phase should be stored properly as per the safety regulations
• Tree plantation (large size species) should be undertaken at the time of preparation
of the site so that they would grow to considerable size by the time of commissioning
of the proposed project
• Construction workers should be provided with domestic fuel so as to prevent cutting
of trees for fire wood
• As soon as construction is over, surplus quantity of excavated soil should be utilized
to fill up low-lying areas, rubbish need be cleared and all unbuilt surfaces be
reinstated
The proposed plant unit would add to the industrial base in the region. In order to
mitigate the adverse environmental impacts due to operation of proposed 2x300 MW power
plant, following measures have been delineated for implementation by GIPCL.
Because of the selection of CFBC technology in the Thermal Power Plant &addition
of limestone in boiler combustor to ensure capture of sulphur more than 90% on bed and
Combustor temperature in the range of 850-860 Deg C, therefore SOx/NOx emission from the
boiler stack will be well within prescribed statutory limits. Further, state-of-the art electrostatic
precipitators with -higher efficiency and hence PM10 emission from the boiler stack will be well
within prescribed statutory limits.
Lignite Handling System
Crushed Lignite (-) 250/300 mm will be transported from lignite stockpile in the mine
area by trucks/dumpers up to the plant lignite handling system through dedicated road and
through closed conveyors. At Plant end, Lignite handling system , lignite will be conveyed
through belt conveyors to the screens in the primary crusher house (PCH). The primary
screen will separate (-) 50 mm size lignite and the oversize will be fed to the double roll
crusher (DRC) downstream of the primary screen and located in the PCH. The DRC will crush
lignite from 250/300 mm to 50 mm size. This lignite along with the undersize (-) 50 mm from
the primary screen will be conveyed to the stockpile through stacker cum reclaimers. The
Executive Summary
xi
reclaimed lignite from the stockpile is fed to the secondary crushers (hammer mill type)
located in the secondary crusher house. The crushed lignite of (-) 10 mm size from the
crushers will be conveyed to the boiler bunkers. The total annual lignite consumption would be
about 3.75 million metric tones.
Lime Stone Handling System
Limestone from Tadkeshwar captive Mines will be transported to limestone
stockyard in planted through tractor dozer, it will be dumped to reclaim hopper. The limestone
hopper conveying through conveyor belt to limestone crusher house and thereafter it will go to
limestone bunker (near ball mill). From limestone bunker it will go to lime stone crushing mills
(ball mills) and stocked in limestone bunker in power plant. Annual limestone consumption
will be 0.38 million MT at full load.
Control Measures Lignite Handling System
Dust emission is mostly of fugitive type and necessitates installation of close
conveyor system along with suitable dust traping/control facility at various transfer points. At
lignite yard, to prevent dust emission due to wind erosion, frequent spraying of water is
recommended. This also prevents spot fires. Dry fog system shall be installed at all transfer
points/junction towers to prevent dust emission in the lignite handling system.
Lignite Transportation system :
Special precaution for Road Transport :
(i) Green belt development along the corridor.
(ii) Covered dumpers/trucks will be used for lignite transportation
(iii) Water sprinkling on the Road
(iv) Use of mobile dust sweeping machine and use of mobile industrial vacuum
cleaner.
Special precaution for Lignite Transport through conveyor :
(i) Closed conveyor Gallery
(ii) dust suppression system and drg fog system
(iii) Spraying of water at lignite storage yard
Coal Crusher and Bunkers
For fine dust control, bag filters have been successfully tried in such operations.
Better efficiency dry collection system shall prove to be long term cost effective because of
Executive Summary
xii
possibility of lignite recovery in the process.
3.2 Noise Environment • Manufacturers and suppliers of major noise generating machines/ equipments
like compressors, turbines, generators should be asked to take required
measures for minimizing the noise levels generated by the machines i.e. using
noise absorbing material for enclosures or using appropriate design/technology
for fabricating/assembling machines
• The operator’s cabins (control rooms) should be properly acoustically insulated
with special doors and observation windows
• The operators working in the high-noise areas, i.e. compressor houses,
blowers, generators, feed pumps, steam generation plant, turbo-generator area
should be strictly instructed to use ear-muffs/ear-plugs
• Plantation of tall as well as short trees will be carried out around the plant area
to protect the outside environment from any noise and dust nuisance
• It is possible to reduce the noise levels by 3-5 dB(A) per 50 m width of the
green belt. The maximum noise level of about 90 dB(A) would be produced in
the power plant. The present noise levels at the site are very low
3.3 Water Environment
Effluent from Water Treatment (WT) Plant
There are no specific Indian standards available. Sulphuric acid and caustic soda
would be used as regenerants in the water treatment plant. The acid and alkali effluents
generated during the regeneration process of the ion exchangers would be drained into an
underground neutralisation pit. The treated effluent would be neutralised by the addition of
either acid or alkali to achieve the required pH of 7. The treated effluent would be led to
the guard pond.
Steam Generator Blowdown
The salient characteristics of the blowdown water from the point of view of pollution
are the pH and temperature of water since suspended solids are negligible. The pH would be
in the range of 9.5 to 10.3 and the temperature of the blowdown water would be about
100°C since it is first flashed in an atmospheric flash tank. The quantity of blowdown from
the 2x300 MW unit would be approximately 10 m3/hr.
Executive Summary
xiii
Cooling Water Blowdown
The blowdown from the cooling tower of CW system would be completely used for
lignite handling system, Ash dust conditioning and gardening/plantation.
• Demineralisation (DM) Plant Effluent
During treatment, acidic and alkaline effluent will be generated periodically. The
effluents need be collected in a neutralizing pit where the acidic and alkaline effluents will be
neutralized with each other. This will be pumped and mixed with other effluents in the Guard
pond after filtration
• Boiler Blowdown
This effluent is recommended to be either reused as plant service water or sent to
Guard pond for mixing with other effluents after adequate treatment.
• Effluent from Oil Handling Areas
The effluent carrying oil spillage etc. should be taken to oil/water separation. The
decanted oil (containing small amount of water) should be taken to a slop oil tank for further
separation. The decanted oil may be stored in a tank for reuse. The supernatant water need
be sent to the Guard pond.
• Lignite Yard Drainage
During monsoon season, the problem of lignite yard drainage becomes critical due
to lignite particles and dust in the yard. To take care of this problem, the entire lignite storage
yard should be provided with separate drains, which will be led to a lignite run-off pond. The
settleable solids will settle in the run-off pond and the water will be treated through clarifier &
clear water will be used for washing purpose.
• Power House and Boiler Area Effluents (Containing Oil)
The power house and boiler area effluents are likely to contain oil/grease in small
quantity. These will be taken to the oil/water separators, slop oil tank and treated in the same
way as the oil handling area effluent.
• Sanitary Waste
Sanitary waste from the plant premises should be treated in a sewage treatment
plant to be provided within the plant boundary area. For this, low cost treatment methods
such as oxidation ponds or aerated lagoon can be adopted since these are easy to operate
Executive Summary
xiv
and maintain. Sock pit and septic tank shall be provided for separate toilet block of plant
premises.
General Recommendations for Wastewater Management
• The measures recommended for ETP should be planned, completed and
commissioned alongwith the commissioning of the 2x300 MW power plant
• Evaluation of the effluent treatment plant for its performance after its commissioning
should be undertaken at regular intervals to keep a check on the treated effluent
quality
• Trained personnel should be engaged for operating the effluent treatment plant
• In-plant control measures should be implemented to minimize the quantities of
wastewater generation
• In addition to the above, to keep control on biological treatment, regular monitoring of
effluent quality is also recommended
• The clarifier unit of the clariflocculator tank should be cleaned regularly inorder to
avoid clogging. Sludge should be removed regularly and sufficient time should be
given for proper settling of solids
• It is recommended that treated effluents from all streams should be stored in a
Guard pond with 5-6 days detention capacity
• Wherever possible, treated effluent should be recycled and reused for plantation in
order to conserve fresh water
• The oily sludges from oil separator should be disposed of at identified location as per
GPCB requirements
• Treated wastewater will be reused for dust suppression or plantation
Conservation of Water – Rain Water Harvesting
• Objectives of rain water harvesting at this project are to reinstate the runoffs and to
supplement ground water recharge. Rain water harvesting structures depend on
topography. Therefore, the following investigations will be carried out
• Demarcation of micro water-shed
• Preparation of drainage map after civil construction
• Draw contour plan at 1.0 m intervals
Executive Summary
xv
• Physiography after construction
• Construction of suitable structure
• Initial investigations have shown the following :
• Slope of the area is 4%
Area indicates conducive geological and hydrological conditions
• The proponent will carry out the following:
• Engage an expert agency for above
• Divert storm water drains to the respective existing drains
• Carry out pilot experiments during the construction phase
• Make a suitable budgetary provision
3.4 Land Environment With a view to attenuate air pollutants, to absorb noise and to uptake of water
pollutants, it is recommended to develop a greenbelt all round the boundary and at several
locations within the power plant premises.
Ash, the main solid waste generated from the Thermal Power Plant, will be 100%
utilized in suitable manner. To avoid the adverse impact on the vegetation as a result of fly
ash and dust deposition and on groundwater due to contamination caused by the leachates,
attempts should be made to maximize the use of fly ash for bricks manufacture and other ash
based product as is being practiced. It is proposed to use 100% fly ash utilization.
Disposal of Waste Oil / Spent Oil
• The waste oil/ spent oil likely to be generated from the proposed power plant units is
required to be carefully handled and stored in an environment friendly manner. Such
oil needs be finally disposed off by way of sale to the processing units registered
with the Ministry of Environment & Forest, Govt. of India for its further processing
and reuse.
• It needs to be seen that the provisions under the Hazardous wastes (Management &
Handling) Rules, 1989 as amended in the year 2000 are implemented by GIPCL.
GIPCL will also have to seek authorization from the Gujarat Pollution Control Board
under the provisions of above rules.
Executive Summary
xvi
3.5 Biological Environment • To protect the water resources, the discharge of liquid wastes into water bodies and
particulate matter into the atmosphere must be controlled at the levels within the
stipulated standards so that the animals and plants are not affected adversely
• Land clearing activities in the areas should be minimized. The removal of native
vegetation has profound effect on natural community structure, physical environment
and animal life. Therefore, rich and diverse vegetation in the study area should be
protected and maintained by adopting adequate measures
• Destruction of natural habitats of animals should be minimized. Nesting, mating and
other behavioral patterns of wildlife should be protected.
3.6 Socio-economic Environment The proposed project is expected to contribute towards upliftment of local people
quality of life & it shall generate inputs for industrial/economic development in the region.
• GIPCL should take adequate steps to get local people into confidence so as to avoid
any misconceptions amongst the local people in future. The following measures are
suggested for minimizing the adverse impacts on socio-economics & parameters &
human interest
• Communication with the local community should be institutionalized & done on
regular basis by the project authorities to provide as opportunity for mutual
discussion
• Project authorities should organize regular environmental awareness programmes to
bring & environmental management measures being undertaken for improving their
quality of life
• For social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities collaboration
may be sought with local administration gram panchayat block development office
etc for better co-ordination
• Based on baseline status of the study area & the likely adverse impacts of the
project, following measures are suggested for desirable achievement of goals from
the project
• To minimize the strain on existing infrastructure, adequate provisions of basic
amenities viz. education health transport etc. should be made considering the
migrating population & the work force in the area
Executive Summary
xvii
• Awareness programmes to help & educate the local people about potential hazards
& the disaster management as well as environmental management plan being
undertaken at project site. This can be done in collaboration with local administration
• As regards aesthetic environment development of social forestry & road side
plantations shall be encouraged through tree plantation derives in the project region
• It is envisaged that upon implementation of community development
programmes/welfare measures as recommended in environmental management
plan would lead to increase in subjective quality of life index. QoL(s), which
ultimately result in increase of cumulative quality of life QoC (C) in the project area
• Co- operative and open working relations should be established and maintained
throughout the life of the project
• Preference shall be given to local people for employment during construction phase
considering their skills and abilities
• Welfare activities such as organizing medical check-up camps and extending
facilities to local population must also be undertaken
• Preventive measures should be taken for controlling the pollution, which may arise
from the project
• Unsanitary conditions causes number of health problems and sanitary facilities are
inadequate in rural area so project authority must arrange different programs for
enhancing cleanliness and reducing unsanitary conditions
• Timely valued different awareness programs must be arranged by the project
proponent based on the common health problems caused in the region that may
help to reduce the lower health status of the region
• Gujarat Industries Power Company Limited (GIPCL) has promoted a trust namely
“Development Efforts For Rural Economy And People” (DEEP) exclusively to
undertake its Corporate Social Responsibility’s (CSR) activities, which is basically
aimed at INFRASTRUCTURE & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT program in its area
of operation.
• The company through its trust DEEP (Development Efforts For Rural Economy) with
the help of the locals and prepare a financial budget as a corporate social
responsibility for the Upliftment of the local people. However, for this purpose
sectorwise CSR activities like drinking water supply scheme, health, sewages and
Executive Summary
xviii
sanitation, roads, education, agriculture & animal husbandry and village
infrastructure development proposed by company.
General • Adequate provisional should be made by GIPCL to undertake various measures
outlined in EMP such as pollution control, greenbelt development, social welfare
measure etc.
• Post-project environmental quality monitoring should be undertaken on regular basis
by GIPCL. This will help taking-up corrective measures in time, in case of non-
compliance of some of the requirements of SPCB.
4.0 Risk Assessment & Management • Workable Disaster Management Plan (DMP) should be formulated based on the
guidelines described (Manual on Emergency Preparedness for Chemical Hazards -
MoEF, 1992) for the various hazardous scenarios presented in chapter 6 for the
proposed 2x300 MW power plants. Workers/ employees should be made aware of
all such hazards arising within the facility. The plan should be upgraded from the
various mock drills carried out from time to time. Reports of individual mock drill
performed will help a long way in strengthing DMP for the power station
• Fire and toxic gas release are major hazards of the facility, hence fire and toxic gas
release prevention is one of the major areas of responsibility. The power plant
should be equipped with all fire fighting and safety equipments.
• An offsite emergency preparedness plan involving Government Departments like
public health, fire services, police, civil defense and other voluntary organizations
should be prepared to mitigate serious damages to the people, livestock and
property in the area. Offsite emergency preparedness plan should be prepared for a
maximum distance of 1.5 km from the power station. The local population around the
power plant should be made aware of their responsibilities during such an
eventuality
CChhaapptteerr 11
IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.1 Preamble Gujarat Industrial Power Company Limited (GIPCL) has proposed installation of
2x300 MW [2x250 MW +20%] , SLPP Expansion Project , Station III, Lignite based
Thermal Power Project at village : Nani Naroli, Taluka: Mangrol, Dist. Surat near the
existing Surat Lignite Power Plant. GIPCL desires to carry out EIA studies with a view to
obtain environmental clearance from State Pollution Control Board and Ministry of
Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi.
1.2 Objectives of Study Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report incorporating
baseline environmental quality data for one season, environmental impact statement
based on the identification, prediction and evaluation of cumulative impacts (including
existing units) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for proposed SLPP
Expansion Project , Station III: 2x300 MW, lignite based CFBC (Circulating Fluidised Bed
Combustor) Thermal Power Project.
1.3 Approved Terms of Reference (ToR) for EIRA Study Based on the information provided by GIPCL: with regard to the above
mentioned project proposal, the Expert Appraisal Committee for Thermal Power Plant
projects in its meeting held on September 3-4, 2012. Based on the recommendation of
the Expert Appraisal Committee, Ministry of Environment and Forest hereby prescribed
the following ToRs vide letter dt. October 29, 2012 for undertaking detailed EIA study for
1.1
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.2
the proposed expansion by addition of 2x300 MW Surat Lignite Power Project (SLPP),
Station III (Unit 1 & 2) at P.O. Nani Naroli, Taluka Mangrol in District Surat, Gujarat. The
approved ToR is as follows :
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.3
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.4
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.5
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.6
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.7
1.4 Methodology for EIA Any developmental project is expected to cause impacts on surrounding
environment at and around the project site during its construction, commissioning and
operational phases. The nature and magnitude of impacts on different components of the
environment, depend on the type of project activities and geographical conditions of the
study area. The impacts of the project activities on environmental components can be
quantified through Environmental Impact Assessment Studies within the impact zone of
the project activities. The results of the EIA studies form a basis for preparing a viable
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating the potential adverse impacts. In
view of this Gujarat Industries Power Company Limited (GIPCL) retained National
Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur to carry out
Environmental Impact Assessment studies for the proposed installation of 2x300 MW
SLPP Station III Unit no. 1 & 2.
This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for proposed thermal power plant
at Nani-Naroli village, taluka Mangrol, Dist. Surat deals with detailed studies for various
environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic
environment for winter season. The baseline were carried out in two segments i.e. in core
area (5 km radius) and buffer area (10 km radius) for all the environmental components
are per instructions given by appraisal committee during ToR approval.
For Environmental Impact Assessment studies, an area covering 10 km radial
distance from centre of the plant site area was identified as the study area (impact zone).
The study area includes existing thermal power plant of GIPCL, which has also influence
on the environmental components. The EIA study area identified in the present case, is
depicted in Fig. 1.1. The studies carried out for EIA for each individual component during
winter season are briefly reported below and the details are reported in subsequent
chapters. The plant layout of 2x300 MW power plant is shown in Fig. 1.2.
1.4.1 Air Environment
The topographical information of project site as well as of the study area and
details about different activities related to the thermal power plant were collected.
Different air pollution parameters like SPM, RSPM (including PM10 and PM 2.5) ,SO2, NOx,
Hg, Ozone and CO were identified as related to the project activities for representing
'baseline status of ambient air quality within the study area. A temporary field centre cum
laboratory was established at plant site for the purpose of calibration of equipments,
planning of field work and chemical analysis etc.
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.8
Micro-meteorological parameters viz. wind speed, wind direction and ambient
temperature were collected from the nearest Meteorological Station from India
Meteorological Department (IMD), Pune during the study period.
The lignite and furnace oil consumption rates and relevant details were collected
during the study period with a view to estimate the air pollution emission rates from the
existing power plant and also from the proposed project.
1.4.2 Noise and Vibration Environment
Noise often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication,
cause annoyance, distracts from work, disturbs sleep, thus, deteriorating quality of human
environment. Noise pollution survey has, therefore, been carried out in and around
Thermal Power Station to assess the impact of the TPS activities on the acoustic
environment.
Noise levels were measured (A-weighted) at several locations in the human
settlements around the power station at different times of the day and night by using
Bruel and Kjaer make type 2230 Precision Integrating Sound Level Meter.
Vibration can be classified in several ways. A free vibration occurs without
externally applied forces. This type of vibration occurs after a system has been given an
initial displacement or velocity which can result from an impact. A forced vibration occurs
with the application of externally applied forces. Such vibration can either be periodic,
aperiodic or random. Periodic vibration repeats itself at regular intervals of time, but in a
periodic or random vibrations, there is no such regular repetition. During the motion of
practical systems, energy is dissipated and damping of the motion occurs.
Vibration can also be classified by the number of degrees of freedom of motion.
The number of degrees of freedom corresponds to the number of independent
coordinates which are needed to specify the motion completely. An idealized single
degree of freedom system consists of a mass m, a spring of stiffness L, and viscous
damper of rate C.
Two types of standards have been developed to assess the effect of vibrations
applied to the human body i.e. Vibration to the hand and Vibration to the whole body.
The former can give rise to diseases, in particular white finger. The latter can cause a
variety of health problems ranging from motion sickness to tissue damage.
Vibration level measurements were carried out within the proposed GIPCL
thermal power plant. The system BLASTMATE - III with advance software module from
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.9
M/s Instantel Inc., USA was used for monitoring and analysis of vibrations within the
power plant premises.
1.4.3 Water Environment
Information on water resources in the study area, was collected. The water
resources in the study area are mainly rivers, streams and groundwater. The parameters
of prime importance for water quality studies were selected under physical, chemical
inorganic, chemical organic, nutrient and heavy metal groups. Samples were collected at
different locations including well waters. Aquatic biology parameters were also analysed.
Assessment of the quality of wastewaters from different sources was also carried out.
Based on field data and observations, strategies were formulated for wastewater
management.
1.4.4 Land Environment
Soil samples were collected from the plant site, its immediate vicinity and the
surrounding villages including core zone area and buffer zone area. Physico-chemical
properties of the soils were determined. Information of landuse pattern in the study area
was also collected. Information regarding existing cropping pattern, their types and yield
of the crop was collected from various sources. Schemes for fly ash disposal and its
utilization and also for safe disposal of domestic solid wastes were formulated in EMP.
1.4.5 Biological Environment
Data was collected from various Government Departments such as forest,
agriculture, fisheries, animal husbandry and various other offices to establish the baseline
status of biological environment in core zone area and buffer zone area.
The parameters of prime importance to both biotic and abotic factors have been
selected to estimate the structural and functional changes in the ecosystem.
Information regarding plantation already done around power plant areas and
elsewhere was collected and based on the attenuation factors for dust aerosols and air
pollutants, green belt species were identified and the same are incorporated in the report.
Water samples were also collected during winter season from rivers and
groundwater sources for estimation of biological parameters viz., of zooplankton and
phytoplankton through detailed microscopic examination. Computation of Diversity
Indices was also done for identifying the water quality status. These aspects have been
dealt in water environment component of the report.
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.10
1.4.6 Socio-economic Environment
A field survey was conducted within 10 km radial distance from the plant site
area including core zone area (5 km radius) and buffer zone area and surrounding impact
zone. The parameters selected under socio-economic component were demographic
structure of the study area, provision of basic amenities, industries likely to come up in
the study area, welfare facilities provided by the project proponent, safety, training and
management, community and occupational health hazards. Relevant information was
collected from randomly selected villages in the study area and analysed. Information
was also collected on Quality of Life parameters to establish QoL indices for the randomly
selected villages and also for the study area as a whole.
All the aforesaid environmental parameters have been used for identification,
prediction and evaluation of significant impacts. Modelling of environmental quality has
also been undertaken to predict the impacts of the project and for its subsequent
evaluation step.
1.5 Rapid Risk Assessment Rapid Risk Assessment Study was carried out comprising hazard identification
based on Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) analysis, hazard assessment and
evaluation employing techniques of consequence and vulnerability analysis and
delineation of onsite Disaster Management Plant (DMP) and offsite Emergency
Preparedness Plan (EPP) due to worst case scenarios of proposed developments.
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.11
Fig. 1.1 : Study Area
Ushker Ramkund
Nani Naroli Tadkeshwar
Asodia Panetha Shethi
Dungri
Charetha
Wastan
Borsad
Surali Nogama
Shah
Vasravi
Borigala
Tuked
Mota Miya Mangrol
Luwara
Dharampur
Togapur
5 km 10 km A
B
C
D
N
Jankarda
CChhaapptteerr 11 :: IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn
1.12
Fig.
1.2
: La
yout
Map
of G
IPC
L
2.1
CChhaapptteerr 22
PPrroojjeecctt DDeessccrriippttiioonn
2.1 Introduction The State of Gujarat is poised for rapid industrial development and large-scale
use of electricity for industrial purposes, for which the demand for electrical power is
continuously increasing. The present demand for electrical power is greatly in excess of
the generating capacity. The power generation scenario in the state reveals that the
demand for power will continue to out-strip the available and planned generation capacity.
The Seventeenth Electric Power Survey of India (draft) published by the Central
Electricity Authority (CEA) projects an increase in the peak demand in Gujarat from 9475
MW in 2007-2008 to 14374 MW in 2011-2012. The energy demand is expected to increase
from 62303 Million kWh in 2007-2008 to about 85445 Million kWh in 2011-2012. As against
this, the peak availability of power and energy are estimated at 6935 MW and 57581 Million
kWh in the year 2007-2008 respectively. Thus there is a deficit of 2540 MW in peak power,
4722 Million kWh in energy in 2007-2008. The substantial increase in peak power and
energy demand in the subsequent years result in higher deficit in peak power availability
and energy. In view of this, there is a need for addition of power generation capacity in
Gujarat to stabilize the economy and foster the industrial economy and growth.
The land of about 150 Ha adjacent to existing plant is already available with
GIPCL for installation of the proposed SLPP expansion Project, Station III : 2x300 MW
units. The available land would be adequate for the proposed installation of power plant.
Indust
Valia T
the po
projec
20 %)
would
area b
road.
bound
respec
capac
throug
from K
Lignite
tries Power
Taluka of Bh
ower plant si
ct is furnished
The an
), SLPP Exp
be 3.75 Mill
Crushe
by conveyor
The pr
dary co-ordin
Figs.
ctively.
The pr
city. The deta
Unit
Unit 1
Unit 3
Propo
Total
The si
gh State hig
Kosamba, th
e for the pro
Company L
haruch distri
te. The prob
d in Append
nnual require
pansion Proj
lion tonnes w
ed Lignite (-)
rs/trucks/dum
roposed plan
nates are :
A :
B :
C :
D :
2.1-2.2 are
resent gener
ails of comm
1 & 2
3 & 4
osed SLPP S
te is access
hway from K
he site is ar
oject would
Ltd. (GIPCL)
ict. These lig
bable range
ix-3.
ement of lig
ject, SLPP S
with GCV of
) 300 mm wi
mpers up to
nt site is adja
Latitude
21O24’31
21O24’14
21O24’08
21O24’12
e showing
rating capaci
issioning of v
Station-III
sible by roa
Kim & Kosa
round 30 km
2.2
be supplie
) located in
gnite mines
of quality of
nite for the
Station-III co
2900 Kcal /
ill be transpo
plant lignite
acent to the
L
.903” 7
.550” 7
.653” 7
.439” 7
the Locatio
ty is 500 MW
various units
Installed(M
2x
2x
2x
11
d from Mum
amba. From
ms. Nearest
d from the
Mangrol tal
are situated
lignite that w
proposed 2x
onsidering a
kg.
orted from lig
e handling s
existing pow
Longitude
73O06’43.754
73O07’19.025
73O07’16.302
73O06’37.834
on Map an
W comprising
s are as belo
d Capacity MW)
x125
x125
x300
100
mbai - Ahme
Kim, the sit
railway stat
Chapter 2 : P
lignite mine
luka of Sura
at about 14
would be su
x 300 MW (
a plant availa
gnite stockpi
system throu
wer plant. T
4”
5”
2”
4”
d Power M
g Unit 1 to 4
ow :
DatCommis
15.02.200
Unit 3 : 19Unit 4 : 28
-
-
edabad Nati
te is around
tion is Kosa
Project Descripti
es of Gujar
at district an
4-15 kms fro
pplied for th
(2x250 MW
ability of 80%
ile in the min
ugh dedicate
he main pla
Map of Ind
of 4x125 MW
e of ssioning
00 (COD)
9.04.2010 8.04.2010
-
-
ional highwa
20 Kms an
mba & Sura
on
rat
nd
m
he
+
%
ne
ed
nt
ia
W
ay
nd
at,
which
is Sura
2.2 2.2.1
presen
2.2.2
indust
(GEB)
2010 a
2.2.3
variou
in Tab
GSEC
2.2.4
water,
water
estima
2.3 2.3.1
variou
is at a dista
at/Vadodara
Just Instal
GujarThe S
nt installed g
DemaDeman
trial growth.
) to set-up ne
The pe
and 2011 are
InstalThe in
us sources fo
ble 2.2.
The pr
CL is given u
Need This re
, evacuation
system, lign
ates of proje
Powe Site S
Variou
us aspects lik
a) Ava
b) Site
c) Lan
d) Lan
ance of 30 k
a which is at
ification lled and Prat
State of Guj
generation ca
and for Elend for electr
In spite of t
ew power pla
eak power d
e indicated i
lled Genernstalled capa
or the years
rojected add
nder Table 2
of the Proeport highlig
of power, fe
nite and ash
ct cost, and
er Plant Selection Ss possible p
ke
ailability of la
e approach,
nd terrain
nd strata / ty
m & 50 Km
a distance o
of the PPlanned Ge
arat is part
apacity in Gu
ectrical Poical power in
the steps tak
ants, the dem
demand and
n Table 2.1.
rating Capacity and av
2006-2007
ditional insta
2.3.
oject hts the deta
eatures of th
handling sys
schedule for
ConfiguStudies fopower plant
and
ype of soil,
2.3
respectively
of 70/140 Km
roject eneration
of the We
ujarat State w
ower n Gujarat St
ken by GSE
mand for pow
the energy
pacity vailability of
as taken fro
alled capacit
ails of the se
e main plant
stems, elect
r project imp
ration or Propose
site locatio
y from the pr
m from the pr
Capacity
estern Regio
would be 16
tate has bee
CL erstwhile
wer exceeds
requirement
power to t
om data furn
ty for next
elected site,
t equipment
rical system
plementation
ed Plant ns have bee
Chapter 2 : P
roject site. N
roject site.
in the Sta
onal Electric
759.27 MW.
en increasing
e Gujarat Ele
s the availab
t of Gujarat
he state of
ished by GS
6 years as
availability
including raw
s, environme
.
en evaluate
Project Descripti
earest Airpo
ate of
city Grid. Th
.
g due to rap
ectricity Boar
ility.
from the yea
Gujarat fro
SECL is give
furnished b
of lignite an
w and coolin
ental aspect
d considerin
on
ort
he
pid
rd
ar
m
en
by
nd
ng
ts,
ng
Projec
presen
2.3.1.Site AAdva
and fa
raft civ
land c
e) Lig
f) Na
g) Pre
h) Po
i) Dis
Ex
Follow
ct, SLPP Sta
Site A
Site B
Site AL
Site C
Site D
Site E
The co
nted in Table
.1 CompA antage
The laalling under b
vil foundatio
can be utilis
gnite transpo
atural and oth
esence of hu
wer evacuat
stance from T
pansion Proj
ing site loca
ation –III 2x3
:
:
LT-B :
:
:
:
omparative s
e 2.5.
parative Ev
and is alreadbasaltic zone
on requireme
sed for prop
rtation
her building/s
uman habitat
tion /access
Tapi river wh
ject, SLPP S
ation were st
00 MW (2x2
At village
power pla
North sid
between M
Village : K
Mosali-Jh
East size
mines blo
highway”.
North end
before the
Valia-Netr
North end
near State
Netrang S
statement of
valuation o
dy availablee. It is more
ents. Existing
posed projec
2.4
structural ob
tion near the
for the powe
hich is the so
Station -III.
tudied for loc
250MW+20%
Nani Naro
nt along the
de of the
Mosali Chokd
Kargara/Khar
ankhvav
of Bhaga a
ock D) on “V
d of the min
e State Rese
rang State H
d of the min
e Reserve p
State highwa
various site
of the Vario
e with GIPCsuitable for
g abandone
ct(s)/utilities.
bstructions
e proposed p
er lines
ource of wat
cating the pr
%) :
li North – E
Tadkeswar
Mosali – J
di and Gadk
reda -4 Km i
and Rajgadh
Valia -Desad
ing lease ar
erve police c
Highway
ing lease ar
police camp
y.
s with refere
ous Sites
CL and the la
the power p
ed ash dyke
Further, th
Chapter 2 : P
plant site
ter for the pro
roposed SLP
East Side o
– Mosali Sta
Jankavav S
kach Village.
inside from s
h village (Ea
– Sodgam
rea in Vaga
camp on the
rea in Vaga
on the Ankl
ence to vario
and is having
plant site bec
area and o
is area is w
Project Descripti
oposed SLP
PP Expansio
f the existin
ate highway.
tate highwa
state Highwa
astern side
– Wadi Stat
d-Khol villag
e Ankleshwa
d-Khol villag
eshwar-Valia
ous aspects
g plain terra
cause of ope
other availab
well known
on
PP
on
ng
ay
ay
of
te
ge
ar-
ge
a-
is
ain
en
le
to
GIPCL
river T
well c
from t
Site BAdva
suitab
geotec
to the
appro
25 km
Disad
50 km
site.
Site AAdva
Disad
50 km
site.
Site CAdva
therefo
invest
about
the eit
Disad
distan
from 3
L and existin
Tapi may be
connected fro
he site.
B antage
The la
ble for the po
chnical inves
mining leas
ach road of
m away from
dvantage The tra
m from River
Alt B antage
The sit
dvantage The tra
m from River
C antage
The la
ore, more
tigation is re
2 k.m. This
ther side i.e
dvantage The si
nce travelling
35 km from R
ng SLPP set
taken by lay
om State hig
nd terrain is
ower plant sit
stigation is r
se area than
f around 5 k
the site.
ansportation
Narmada. L
te is located
ansportation
Narmada. L
and terrain
suitable fo
equired from
site is conn
Mosali and V
ite is away
g making uti
River Tapi an
up can be u
ying addition
ghway and
generally p
te because o
required to b
site A. This
km has to b
of water will
Land is to be
very close to
of water will
Land is to be
is generally
or civil foun
reputed con
ected with s
Valia. Land i
from the ex
ilization of s
nd 40 km fro
2.5
utilised during
nal line in the
National Hig
lain and falls
of civil found
be carried ou
s site is locat
be built. The
l be at a dist
e acquired f
o the mining
l be at a dist
e acquired f
y plain and
ndation wor
nsultant. Th
state highway
s to be acqu
xisting SLPP
same difficul
m river Narm
g the project
e existing pip
ghway, whic
s under the
dation require
ut to. This ar
ted close to
e National H
tance of 25 k
for power pla
lease area t
tance of 25 k
for power pla
falls under
rk. Howeve
is area is ve
ys at a dista
uired for pow
P establishm
t. The trans
mada.
Chapter 2 : P
t activities. T
peline corrido
ch is around
basaltic regi
ements How
rea is also lo
the state hig
Highway, wh
km from the
ant and App
than Site A.
km from the
ant and App
the basalti
er, detailed
ery close to
ance of 10 to
wer plant site.
ment which
sportation of
Project Descripti
he water fro
or. This site
20 km awa
ion. It is mor
wever, detaile
ocated neare
ghway and a
hich is aroun
Tapi river an
proach road t
Tapi river an
proach road t
c region an
geotechnic
Mine End i
o 15 kms fro
.
requires lon
water will b
on
m
is
ay
re
ed
er
an
nd
nd
to
nd
to
nd
cal
.e
m
ng
be
Site DAdva
therefo
invest
Ankles
block
Disad
same
transp
Narma
2.3.1.
locatio
2.3.22.3.2.
follow
D antage
The la
ore, more
tigation is re
shwar-Valia-
C & D.
dvantage The lig
has to be tr
portation of
ada river. La
.2 RecomBased
on for the pro
Site F.1 Locat
The p
ing features:
(a) T
K
s
(b) L
(c) W
d
(d) G
e) T
p
f) L
h
a
and terrain
suitable fo
equired to b
-Netrang sta
gnite transpo
ransported b
water will b
and is to be a
mmendatioon the abo
oposed SLP
Features aion of Site roposed site
:
The propose
Kosamba, w
site is around
Land is alrea
Water require
distance of 2
GETCO grid
The propose
problems of r
Lignite fuel w
handling sys
and also by c
is generally
or civil foun
be carried ou
ate highway.
ortation from
by crossing K
be at a dista
acquired for
on ove studies S
P Expansion
and Fuel L
e at Nani
ed site is
hich are on
d 20 kms and
dy available
ed for power
0 Kms. from
is available
ed plant are
rehabilitation
would be tra
stem by tru
conveyors.
2.6
y plain and
ndation wor
ut . This are
The site is a
the mines w
Kim river, un
ance of 25
power plant
Site – “A” is
n Project, SL
Linkage
Naroli villag
accessible
Mumbai - A
d from Kosa
with GIPCL
r plant is ava
m the propose
at close prox
ea is not inh
n or resettlem
ansported fr
cks/dumpers
falls under
rk. Howeve
ea is well c
approximatel
will be at a d
ndulating ter
km from Ta
t site.
s considered
LPP Station I
ge adjacent
by road fro
Ahmedabad
mba the site
L.
ailable from t
ed site
ximity.
habited, hen
ment of peop
rom Mine to
s/conveyors
Chapter 2 : P
the basalti
er, detailed
connected w
ly 16 to 18 k
istance of 6
rrain and rail
api river and
d to be the
III.
to SLPP p
om the poi
high way. F
e is around 3
the river Tap
nce would n
ple.
o power plan
through de
Project Descripti
c region an
geotechnic
with NH -8 b
km from mine
to 8 kms an
lway line. Th
d 50 km fro
most suitab
plant has th
nts Kim an
From Kim th
0 kms.
pi which is at
not pose an
nt end Lignit
edicated roa
on
nd
cal
by
es
nd
he
m
le
he
nd
he
a
ny
te
ad
2.3.2.
plant i
Statio
Lan
LanProj
AnnannGCV
Tota
2.3.2.
existin
03 km
a dista
2.3.3
framew
and a
Agenc
list of
below
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
.2 Basic The es
installation o
n -III is prese
E
d for power
d for ash disject
nual lignite reual load factV of 2900 kc
al raw water
.3 DescrThe la
ng SLPP Pla
ms from the p
ance of 14 -1
ProjeIn orde
work has be
approvals sh
cies at variou
Approvals/c
w :
Clearance
Water ava
Civil Aviati
Clearance
Boiler Pres
Station Restimated req
of 2x300 MW
ented in follo
Estimated R
plant
sposal for Po
equirements(tor of 80% ancal/kg)
requirement
ription of Snd identified
ant. The ex
proposed pro
15 kms from
ect Approver to contro
een develop
all be requir
us stages of
clearances t
e for air and w
ailability and
ion clearanc
e for Storage
ssure Parts
equirementquirements o
W (2 x 250 M
owing :
Requireme
Laavar
ower Th10to cabecaad
(With nd
3.7
t 50
Site – Locatd for the pro
xisting Vasta
oject site. Th
the propose
val & Cleaol and regul
ed by Gove
red to be ob
developmen
to be obtain
water pollutio
use
e
of Fuel Oil
2.7
ts of land, fue
MW+ 20 %) u
ents of Lan
and for thevailable withround 150 He
he ash gene00 % utilized
ash based ase any excee disposed aptive lignitedditional area
75 Million To
0,016 m3/day
tion oject is locat
an lignite mi
e “C” and “D
ed project sit
rances late the dev
ernment of In
btained from
nt and opera
ed from Go
on : MoEF
: State
: Airpor
: CCOE
: Chief
l and water
units, SLPP
nd, Fuel an
proposed GIPCL. Thectares (370
erated from td in dry form
products mess quantityafter mixing
e mines for a for ash disp
onnes per an
y
ted at Nani
ne is locate
D” blocks of V
te.
velopment o
ndia. Accord
m different G
ation at phas
ovt. Authoritie
F, State Pollu
Governmen
rt Authority o
E
Inspector of
Chapter 2 : P
r for the pro
Expansion P
d Water
power planhe total land0 acres).
the proposedm by way of manufacturesy left out, theg with over
voids fillingposal is requ
nnum.
Naroli villag
ed at a dista
Valia mines
of Power Pr
dingly, sever
Government
e of the proj
es for this p
ution Board a
nt
of India
f Boiler
Project Descripti
oposed powe
Project, SLP
nt is alreadd available
d units will bsupply of as. However,
e same wour burden ing. Hence, nuired
ge adjacent
ance of 02
are located
roject, a leg
ral clearance
and Statuto
ect. Indicativ
project are a
and CPCB
on
er
PP
dy is
be sh in ld to no
to
to
at
al
es
ry
ve
as
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.4 2.4.1
availa
system
availa
infrast
augme
consid
distan
mines
at abo
would
and st
existin
given
2.4.2
availa
propo
Plan
Main
Switc
CWP
Raw
Pre-t
Plant Insta
Electrical I
Constructi
Fire Fighti
Plan Introd
The b
bility of fuel
m for powe
bility at the p
The lig
tructural fac
entation of
dered in the
The wa
nce of 20 km
s of GIPCL lo
out 14-15 km
be supplied
tation start-u
ng grid. The
in Table 2.8
Land Land f
ble at adjace
The av
sed units.
t /Area
power bloc
chyard
PH and cooli
water reserv
treatment an
allation
Installation
on Labour
ng
t Infrastrduction asic require
l, water, lan
r evacuation
proposed po
gnite based
ilities for the
auxiliary p
layout.
ater demand
s from the p
ocated in Va
ms from the
d for the proje
up, together
climatologic
8.
for the propo
ent to the ex
vailable land
k
ng tower
voir
nd WT plant
ructure &
ements for
nd and othe
n. This sec
wer station s
power unit
e project wi
plant and in
d of the proje
roposed site
lia Taluka of
power plant
ect is given
with emerg
cal data as a
osed 2 x 300
xisting Surat
d of about 1
area
2.8
: Facto
: Electr
: Labou
: Insura
& Basic R
setting up
er facilities li
ction discuss
site.
t will be of
ll be develo
nfrastructura
ect will be d
e. The main f
f Bharuch dis
t site. The pr
in Table 2.7ency back-u
available for
0 MW (2 x 2
Lignite Powe
150 Ha has
Land (H
15
9
6
5
7
ory Inspector
rical Inspecto
ur Commissi
ance Authori
Requirem
and operati
ke road, ra
ses the req
capacity of
oped. Neces
al facilities f
rawn from th
fuel would b
strict. These
robable rang
. The powe
up power wil
nearest me
250 MW + 2
er Plant of 4
been identif
a)
Land (in A
Land (in ex
Chapter 2 : P
rate
orate
ioner
ity and Loca
ments
ing a powe
ilhead and
uirements, v
f 2x300 MW
ssary space
for the pla
he river Tapi
e supplied fr
e lignite mine
ge of quality
r required fo
ll be made a
trological sta
0 %) power
x 125 MW c
fied to acco
Remarks
Available wAbandoned A
area)
Available wxisting plant
Project Descripti
l Authority
er station ar
transmissio
vis-à-vis the
W. Necessa
provision fo
nt has bee
i which is at
rom the ligni
es are situate
of lignite th
or constructio
available fro
ation, Surat
plant alread
capacity.
ommodate th
s
ith GIPCL Ash dyke
ith GIPCL premises)
on
re
on
eir
ry
or
en
a
te
ed
at
on
m
is
dy
he
Plan
Lignisyste
Ligniplant
Gree
Work
Lime
Adm
Lignicons
Limecons
Ash h
Main(cons
Road
Tota Plant
300 M
stone
400 kV
site ar
Ash D
way o
quanti
lignite
Resid
housin
require
t /Area
te stockpile em (In Mine
te conveyor t)
enbelt
kshop + ware
e stone area
in + canteen
te handling truction/fabr
e stone area truction/fabr
handling are
power blocstruction/fab
ds within pla
l
t Area An are
MW each inc
handling sy
V switchyard
rea. The Plan
Disposal AThe as
of supply of
ity left out, t
mines for vo
dential AreReside
ng of emplo
ed.
& Lignite halease area)
corridor (wi
ehouse area
n + parking s
rication
rication
ea
k brication yard
nt area
ea of 150 Ha
cluding spac
ystem with 10
d have been
nt area eleva
Area sh generated
ash to ash b
the same w
oids filling. H
a ential Towns
oyees. Addit
andling
thin power
a
stand
d/storage
a has been
ce for raw w
0 days coal
n considered
ation is RL 4
d from the p
based produ
ould be disp
Hence, no ad
ship for the
tional staff
2.9
Land (H
12.5
1.25
50
2
1.5
3.75
7
4
2
16
8
150 Ha
estimated fo
water reserv
stockpile, F
d etc. No lan
41.00 Meter.
roposed unit
ucts manufa
posed after
dditional area
employees
quarters ca
a)
In
Cove
LaGIP
.
or installation
voir, cooling
uel Oil unloa
nd filling is r
ts will be 10
ctures. How
mixing with
a for ash disp
of the existi
an be built o
Chapter 2 : P
Remarks
n Mine lease
ered in total land
and AvailablPCL(Abando
dyke area
n of two uni
towers, Lig
ading and st
required for
0% utilized i
wever, in cas
over burde
posal is requ
ing TPS can
on the avai
Project Descripti
s
e area
available
le with ned Ash a)
its of capaci
gnite and lim
torage facilit
the Propose
in dry form b
se any exces
n into captiv
uired.
n be used fo
ilable area,
on
ty
me
ty,
ed
by
ss
ve
or
if
2.4.3
follow
Quan
consid
2x300
water
Natura
for 2x
fresh
require
Sourc
year.
(11 M
from N
as Anof wat
routing
WateIn conv
ing basic con
a. C
c
o
g
b. H
c. T
ntity Recirc
dered for the
The co
0 MW is esti
requiremen
al draft Cool
300 MW uni
water consu
ement is giv
ce and AvaThe so
The total raw
MGD). In Prin
Narmada Wa
nnexure II) ater at the vi
g of raw wa
r Requiremventional fos
nsumptive re
Cooling wate
condenser, w
other cooler
generators, m
Heat cycle m
To meet misc
- Fire fi- Gene- Ash H- Dust - Porta- Hortic
ulating Coo
e power statio
ondenser ci
imated. with
nt on the ba
ing Towers,
its. The Cyc
umption and
en in the Wa
ailability ource of raw
w water requ
nciple Cleara
ater Resour
and propose
illage Patna
ater pipelines
ment and ssil fuel-fired
equirements
er requireme
which acts a
rs in the a
motors etc.
make-up and
cellaneous re
ighting eral services Handling Sysextraction an
able use (for culture and a
oling Water
on.
rculating co
9.5OC temp
asis of sem
dry ash han
cles of Conce
d minimise b
ater Balance
w water is riv
uirement for
ance for dra
rces and Wa
d to install a
. Studies fo
s to the pro
2.10
Availabilitthermal pow
:
ent using clo
as a heat sin
auxiliary sy
other proces
equirements
like floor wastem nd dust suppPower Statio
afforestation
System us
ooling water
perature rise
i-open recir
ndling and o
entration (CO
blow down.
e Fig. 2.4.
ver Tapi whi
r the propose
awal of wate
ater Supply D
additional pu
or drawal of
oposed powe
ty wer station, w
osed cycle
nk for the th
ystems such
ss requireme
s such as :
ashing and ot
pression in con and towns
sing Natural
and aux. C
e in the cond
culating coo
other usual re
OC) conside
The break-
ch has pere
ed power pla
er from river
Department
umps in exist
water from
er plant area
Chapter 2 : P
water is use
cooling towe
hermodynam
h as beari
ents
ther services
coal yard ship)
draft Cool
C.W. require
denser. The
oling water
equirements
ered is 6.0 in
up of consu
ennial flow th
ant units is 5
Tapi is alre
(copy of let
ting intake w
river Tapi a
a is under p
Project Descripti
ed to meet th
ers for stea
mic cycle, an
ng, lube o
s, etc.
ing Tower
ement for th
e consumptiv
system usin
s, is estimate
n order to lim
umptive wate
hroughout th
50016 m3/da
eady availab
tter is enclos
well for draw
and propose
process. Thu
on
he
m
nd
oil,
is
he
ve
ng
ed
mit
er
he
ay
ble
se
wal
ed
us
adequ
water
Quali
the wa
to limi
2.4.4
GCV o
be ava
locate
mines
Rain
drain
will be
be co
pipes
garde
Lignit
require
Projec
tonnes
full loa
protec
both u
provid
Efflue
collect
Exces
filter.
uate and relia
pipeline will
ity The ty
ater would b
t suspended
Fuel –The re
of 2900 Kca
ailable from
ed in Mangro
s are situated
Water HarvThe ra
network. The
e allowed to
nnected to s
of the su
ning/coal sp
te HandlingLignite
ement of lig
ct, SLPP St
s with GCV o
ad.
Contro
cted by inert
units) would
ded for all the
ent TreatmAll effl
ted in guard
ss effluents a
able quantity
be routed ad
pical water a
be relatively
d and dissolv
– Requirequirement o
l/kg. Require
the lignite m
ol taluka of S
d at about 14
vesting Sysin raw water
e discharge
percolate int
sump throug
uitable size
raying etc.
g System e being tran
gnite for the
tation-III con
of 2900 Kca
ol Room and
gas type au
d be provide
e fuel oil stor
ent Plant uents are p
d pond wou
are proposed
y of water is
djacent to ex
analysis is g
high during t
ved solids to
ment, Avaof lignite has
ed coal linka
mines of Guj
Surat district a
4-15 kms fro
stem r and surface
will then be
to the ground
gh filter chan
shall be
nsported fro
proposed 2x
nsidering a
l/kg. Annual
d Control equ
utomatic fire
ed, as per
rage tanks.
proposed to
uld be utiliz
d to be treate
2.11
available fo
xisting river w
given in Tablthe rainy sea
acceptable w
ailability abeen estima
age for propo
jarat Industr
and Valia Ta
m the power
e water will b
e connected
d or recycled
nnel for reci
provided fo
om captive
x300 MW (2
plant availa
limestone c
uipment room
protection sy
NFPA-2001.
be collected
zed for plan
ed in effluent
or the propos
water pipelin
le 2.10. The
ason. Suitab
will be provid
nd Transpated as abou
osed 2x300 M
ies Power C
aluka of Bha
r plant site.
be collected
to rechargin
d. For recycl
rculation. Th
or recycling
Mangrol-Va
2x250 MW +
ability of 80%
onsumption
ms of the m
ystem. Com
. Automatic
d in guard
t washing a
t treatment p
Chapter 2 : P
sed power pl
ne corridor (R
total suspen
ble water tre
ded.
portation ut 3.75 millio
MW project i
Company Lim
aruch district.
through ope
g pit. The co
ling, the rech
he necessar
of retrieve
alia mines.
+ 20%), SLP
% would be
will be0.375
ain power p
mon system
Foam syste
pond. A pa
and gardeni
plant consisti
Project Descripti
lant. The rive
ROW).
nded solids
atment facili
on tonnes wi
is expected
mited (GIPCL
. These ligni
en storm wate
ollected wate
harging pit w
ry pumps an
ed water fo
The annu
PP Expansio
e 3.75 Millio
5 million MT
plant would b
m (common fo
em would b
rt of effluen
ng purpose
ing of clarifie
on
er
in
ty
th
to
L)
te
er
er
will
nd
or
al
on
on
at
be
or
be
ts
es.
er,
LignitLignit
mine a
and t
At Pla
the sc
mm si
the pr
50 mm
conve
stockp
crushe
to the
system
III. Th
(Desig
size re
Steam
of mill
and p
area fo
Quali
exhibi
it may
proxim
averag
te & Limeste Handling
Descr. Crush
area by truck
through close
ant end, Lig
creens in the
ize lignite an
rimary screen
m size. This
eyed to the s
pile is fed to
er house. Th
e boiler bun
m
Daily requirDaily li
he capacity w
gn capacity 1
LimesCrushe
equired for c
m Generator
ing of crushe
neumatic co
or the propo
ity The p
ted in Tabley be noted th
mate analys
ge. It is, the
stone Handg System ription of thhed Lignite (
ks/dumpers
ed conveyor
nite handling
e primary cr
nd the oversi
n and locate
lignite along
stockpile thro
o the secon
he crushed li
kers. PLC b
Lignite reqred ignite Requi
works out fo
1800 TPH).
stone handed limestone
combustion a
area for fee
ed limestone
onveying to p
osed units.
roximate an
e 2.7. From t
hat though th
is, there are
erefore, nec
dling System
he System (-) 250/300 m
up to the pla
rs. The Mine
g system , l
rusher house
ize will be fe
ed in the PCH
g with the un
ough stacke
dary crushe
ignite of (-) 1
based contr
quirements
rement will b
or lignite han
dling systeme from limest
and pneuma
ding along w
e, classificati
powdered lim
nalysis of li
the experien
he average li
e periods w
essary to se
2.12
m
as Envisagmm will be tr
ant lignite ha
e lease area
ignite will be
e (PCH). Th
ed to the dou
H. The DRC
dersize (-) 5
er cum recla
ers (hammer
10/20 mm siz
rol system w
s, No of hou
be about 12
ndling system
m tone bunkers
atically conve
with lignite. L
on/segregat
mestone bun
gnite as ob
ces of gener
gnite coal qu
when coal a
elect equipm
ged ransported fr
ndling syste
will be used
e conveyed t
he primary sc
uble roll crus
will crush lig
50 mm from t
imers. The r
r mill type)
ze from the c
will be prov
urs of oper
2000 MT for
m is 1500 TP
s is fed to m
eyed to limes
Limestone ha
ion, surge st
nkers provide
btained from
rating station
uality may be
available at
ment, which
Chapter 2 : P
rom lignite st
m through d
d for lignite t
through belt
creen will se
her (DRC) d
gnite from 25
the primary
reclaimed lig
located in th
crushers will
vided for Lig
ration and c
2x300 MW
PH for the p
mills for furthe
stone bunke
andling syste
torage (in pro
ed in the ste
m the existi
ns being ope
e in the rang
the plant is
can burn th
Project Descripti
tockpile in th
edicated roa
transportatio
conveyors t
eparate (-) 5
downstream
50/300 mm t
screen will b
gnite from th
he seconda
l be conveye
gnite handlin
capacity
SLPP Statio
proposed uni
er crushing t
ers provided
em comprise
oduct hoppe
eam generato
ng source
erated in Ind
ge given in th
s poorer tha
he worst co
on
he
ad
n.
to
50
of
to
be
he
ry
ed
ng
on
ts
to
in
es
er)
or
is
ia
he
an
oal
withou
of the
load fa
about
(-) 250
Supp
tanks,
MW (
propo
pumps
to mee
2.4.5
plant w
Power
Kosam
2.4.6
system
and fly
dry as
would
ut resorting t
Boiler plant
Consid
actor of 80%
3.75 million
0-300 mm.
port Fuel The s
of 1000 m3
2 x 250 MW
sed to meet
s (1 working
et therequire
The He
PowePower
will be evacu
r will be ev
mba lines an
Ash HThe be
m capacity p
y ash will be
sh collection
be disposed
The ma
a) Bb) Cc) Bd) B
The ma
a) Cb) E
too much oil
adequately
dering design
%, the annua
tons. It is p
econdary fu
3 capacity e
W + 20 %) u
t the require
+ 1 standby
ements of the
eavy Furnac
er Evacuatgenerated f
uated throug
vacuated thr
d one no. G
Handling Sed ash syste
per unit would
collected in
n. Bed ash w
d off in dry fo
ajor equipme
Bed ash interConveying aiBed ash pipinBed ash silo
ajor equipme
Conveying aiESP hopper
support for
addresses th
n with gross
al lignite requ
resumed tha
el would be
ach is propo
units . Two
ement of pro
y) of 50 m3/h
e proposed u
ce Oil (HFO)
tion from the pro
gh 400 kV ou
rough three
SEG (Hazira
System em capacity
d be about 2
ash silos th
would be d
orm for utiliza
ent / system
rmediate surir Blowers ng and valve
ent/ systems
ir compressoand silo fluid
2.13
flame stabil
hese issues
s calorific va
uirement for
at the lignite
HFO as pe
osed to mee
LDO storag
oposed 2 x
hr for HFO &
units
analysis is h
oposed 2x30
utdoor switc
nos. of 400
a) line.
per unit wou
200 TPH from
rough dense
disposed off
ation.
s of the botto
rge hopper
es
s of the fly as
ors dising blower
ization at low
during detai
lue (GCV) o
2x300 MW
would be pr
r IS 1593. T
et the require
ge tanks of 2
300 MW un
& LDO separa
highlighted in
00 MW (2 x
hyard and co
0KV lines, i
uld be about
m ESP to Fl
e phase pne
in dry form
om ash hand
sh handling s
rs
Chapter 2 : P
w loads. The
led engineer
of 2900 kCa
Power Plan
re-crushed a
Two heavy fu
ement of pro
250 m3 cap
nits . Two n
ately have b
n Table 2.11
250 MW +
onnected to
.e., two nos
t 2x 70 TPH
y ash silos.
umatic syste
for mine fil
dling system
system are:
Project Descripti
e specificatio
ring stage.
l/kg and pla
t works out t
at mine end t
uel oil storag
oposed 2x30
pacity each
os. unloadin
een propose
.
20 %) powe
GETCO gri
s. of Mangr
H. The fly as
Both bed as
em to facilita
l and Fly as
m are:
on
on
nt
to
to
ge
00
is
ng
ed
er
d.
rol
sh
sh
te
sh
2.4.7
is ess
facilitie
at a d
power
Mumb
used
emplo
Mode
mine a
and th
tanks,
2x300
propo
pumps
c) Fd) We) Sf) Ng) F
PLC ba
InfrasFor a g
sential for s
es which are
a. A
b. A
e
c
c. A
d. S
GIPCL
distance of 5
r plant.
Surat A
bai, Kandla,
for import o
oyed for haul
e of TranspCrushe
area by truck
hrough close
The se
of 1000 m
0 MW (2 x 25
sed to meet
s (1 working
Fly ash pipingWater pumpsSlurry pumpsNecessary inFly ash silo
ased control
structural green field po
successful im
e considered
Access roads
A housing f
electricity, co
construction
Ancillary or s
Skilled and u
L has adequa
56 km, is a l
Airport is sit
Mundra , w
of heavy eq
age of heavy
port of Ligned Lignite (-)
ks/dumpers
ed conveyors
econdary fue
m3 capacity
50 MW + 20
t the require
+ 1 standby
g and valvess and seal ws and pipingnstrumentatio
system will
Facilitiesower project
mplementatio
essential du
s
facility for th
ommunity fac
power, healt
mall-scale in
nskilled man
ate existing
arge city wit
uated at 70
which are we
quipments.
y equipment
nite to Site) 250/300 m
up to the pla
s. Fuel Oil R
el would be
y each is p
%) units . Tw
ement of pro
y) of 50 m3/h
2.14
s water pumps
on and contr
be provided
t, availability
on of the p
uring early st
he construc
cilities viz. m
th care etc.
ndustries
npower
infrastructura
th infrastruct
km from the
ell connected
Long body
t from port to
mm will be tra
ant lignite ha
Requirement
HFO as per
roposed to
wo LDO stor
oposed 2 x
hr for HFO &
rols
for Ash han
of a few oth
project in a
tage of cons
tion staff w
market, hous
al facilities. S
tural facilitie
e project are
d by road w
trailers as
o the plant si
ansported fro
ndling syste
and Mode o
r IS 1593. T
meet the r
rage tanks o
300 MW un
& LDO separa
Chapter 2 : P
ndling system
her infrastruc
shorter time
struction are
with supply o
sing, school,
Surat District
s useful for
ea. The nea
with this area
well as wa
te.
om lignite st
m through d
of Transport
Two heavy fu
requirement
of 250 m3 ca
nits . Two n
ately have b
Project Descripti
m.
ctural facilitie
e frame. Th
:
of water an
water work
t H.Q. locate
the propose
rest ports ar
a and can b
agons can b
tockpile in th
edicated roa
uel oil storag
of propose
pacity each
os. unloadin
een propose
on
es
he
nd
ks,
ed
ed
re
be
be
he
ad
ge
ed
is
ng
ed
to me
suppli
Site D
minim
be div
area b
variou
while
variou
Ancil
shall b
Colon
at exi
propo
club b
neces
2.5
2.5.1
config
withou
critica
variou
of-the-
2.5.2
param
eet the requ
ed from the
DevelopmeThe e
mum. The na
verted and na
being very w
us structures
Howev
designing th
us other heav
lary BuildiSepara
be constructe
ny for the PPresen
isting power
sed power s
building, au
ssary, the sa
Tech(Equ
IntrodThe lig
gured with tw
ut sacrificing
l range.
Judicio
us system an
-art technolo
CommThe as
meters. It wa
uirements of
oil terminal a
ent ntire area b
tural Nallah
atural draina
well known,
required for
ver, detailed
he foundation
vy structures
ngs ate ancillary
ed.
Power Statntly, a well b
r station. Ho
station staff. T
uditorium, gu
me shall be
hnical Feuipment aduction gnite based
wo addition
g availability,
ous provisio
nd system co
ogy has been
mercial Utsh analysis (
as observed
f the propos
at Sewree, M
being rather
is passing o
age pattern o
no difficulty
r the propose
soil investig
n required fo
s as well as a
y building lik
ion Staff built colony h
owever add
The modern
uest house
augmented
eatures aand Syst
power projec
al units, ea
, the choice
ons have be
omponents a
n considered
tilization o(fly ash and
that the mi
2.15
sed units. T
Mumbai.
r leveled, th
outside the p
of the area w
y is envisag
ed power pro
gation shall
or installation
ancillary plan
ke administr
has been pro
ditional land
amenities to
etc. are a
suitably.
and Engintems)
ct at Mangro
ach of 300
e of Steam p
een conside
and interchan
d for design o
of Fly Ashbottom ash)
neral conten
The oil requi
he land dev
plant bounda
will not distur
ed in design
oject.
be undertak
n of main po
nts.
rative office,
ovided at GI
will be acq
o the colony
already ava
neering A
ol Tahsil, Su
MW capacit
parameters
ered while
ngeability of
of the propos
) was carried
nt in the form
Chapter 2 : P
ired for the
velopment c
ary and the
rbed The so
ning the fou
ken for the s
ower plant e
, canteen, s
IPCL for the
quired for c
residents su
ilable and
Aspects
urat district G
ty. To achie
has been li
deciding the
equipment/s
sed station.
d out for phy
m of oxides
Project Descripti
plant will b
cost could b
same will n
il strata of th
undations an
specific area
quipment an
security offic
e staff workin
colony for th
uch as schoo
if considere
GIPCL, will b
eve efficienc
mited to sub
e margins
system. State
ysico-chemic
of metals a
on
be
be
ot
he
nd
as
nd
ce
ng
he
ol,
ed
be
cy
b-
in
e-
cal
as
mentio
been c
ash it
quanti
nation
the de
ash ha
around
fly ash
block
mines
and c
platfor
five ye
effect
all out
bricks
ash br
to stu
crysta
gradin
oxide,
eleme
90% o
forms
Ash m
oned in Tablcarried out fr
Due to
is found to b
ity of ash ge
nal concern a
With c
eveloped cou
as been esta
d 80:20 or 7
h and bottom
The m
/ paver block
s. Other area
construction
rms and con
The as
ears. This is
of fly ash n
t efforts and
, the interac
ricks manufa
Before
dy the prop
alline matter
ng of Fly ash
silicates or
ents in Fly A
of the materia
Fly As
cementous
make it suitab
i. Bii. L
le 2.12 are n
rom BARC, M
o different ph
be ineffective
enerated reg
and attracted
considerable
untries as we
ablished. Th
70:30.The ge
m ash silos.
ajor utilizatio
ks etc. howe
as of ash util
of road with
trolling grass
sh off take b
s due to the
otification an
d also awar
ction session
acturing incre
e Fly ash is r
erties of the
and some u
h from preci
r aluminates
Ash are silico
al.
sh, being a
material wh
ble for the fo
Building blocLight weight a
not toxic natu
Mumbai.
hysical and c
e for comme
gularly from
d attention of
research a
ell as in India
e ratio of the
enerated fly
on of our exis
ever some qu
lization are f
h FAL-G as
s and for con
by brick ma
e stringent m
nd increased
eness amon
ns done with
eased to an
recommende
e same. Fly
unburnt carbo
pitator is be
s and thus q
on, aluminium
product of
hen mixed w
llowing comm
ks aggregates
2.16
ure. Further,
chemical pro
ercial exploita
the therma
f the technol
nd developm
a, various av
e fly ash and
ash and bo
sting genera
uantity is use
for construct
surface cou
nstruction of
nufacturers
measures ta
d pressure o
ng users an
h brick manu
extent of 80-
ed for comm
ash princip
on. It varies
etween medi
quite stable
m and oxyge
high tempe
with lime and
mercial uses
the radioact
operties of a
ation. Thus,
l power stat
ogist in the c
ment during
venues for co
d bottom ash
ttom ash is
ated ash is fo
ed for voids f
tion of road s
rse, FAL-G
RCC road.
has increas
aken by Pol
on implemen
nd also the
ufacturers, th
-90 %in the
ercial use in
pally consists
from light to
um silt to fin
compounds
en which tog
erature, has
d water. The
s :
Chapter 2 : P
tivity of flyas
sh i.e. fly as
the disposa
tions becam
country
the past tw
ommercial u
h in total gen
collected in
or manufactu
filling of our
sub grade in
concrete for
sed substant
lution Contr
ntation of the
better streng
he utilization
FY 09-10.
n any form, it
s of spherica
o dark gray
ne silt. They
. The three
gether accou
pozzolonic
e above pro
Project Descripti
sh has alread
sh and botto
l of enormou
e a matter
wo decades
utilization of f
nerated ash
the individu
uring of brick
captive lignit
n mines area
r making lev
tially over la
rol authoritie
e norms. Wi
gth of fly as
n of ash in f
t is necessa
al particles
in colour. Th
y are basical
pre-domina
unt for 75%
property an
operties of F
on
dy
m
us
of
in
fly
is
al
k /
te
as
vel
ast
es,
th
sh
fly
ry
of
he
lly
nt
to
nd
Fly
areas
may b
met fr
of ash
friendl
block
mines
and c
platfor
five ye
effect
all out
bricks
ash br
2.6 2.6.1
isolate
iii. Piv. Rv. Gvi. Fvii. Pviii. Rix. Lx. R
Extens
of Fly ash
be considere
a) Bb) Lc) Ad) M
These
rom the Fly A
h may not b
ly manner :
The m
/ paver block
s. Other area
construction
rms and con
The as
ears. This is
of fly ash n
t efforts and
, the interac
ricks manufa
Envi Introd
The sit
ed and envi
Partial cemenRoad sub-baGrouting matFiller in asphPartial replacRoad embanLand filling mRecovery of m
sive research
utilisation. F
d.
Brick manufaLight weight AArea filling Mine filling
areas of util
Ash generate
e a constrai
ajor utilizatio
ks etc. howe
as of ash util
of road with
trolling grass
sh off take b
s due to the
otification an
d also awar
ction session
acturing incre
ronmentduction te proposed
ronmentally
nt replacemease terial alt mix for ro
cement of limkment
material minerals nam
h works are
For the propo
acturing Aggregate fo
lisation have
ed in the pro
int, it is to b
on of our exis
ever some qu
ization are f
h FAL-G as
s and for con
by brick ma
e stringent m
nd increased
eness amon
ns done with
eased to an
tal Aspec
for the pow
non-sensitiv
2.17
ent
oads me aggregate
mely Alumin
being condu
osed project
or road and c
e proven acc
oposed plant
be endeavore
sting genera
uantity is use
for construct
surface cou
nstruction of
nufacturers
measures ta
d pressure o
ng users an
h brick manu
extent of 80-
cts
wer plant is s
ve area. Als
e in concrete
ium and Iron
ucted to expl
t, following a
concrete
ceptability an
t. Though la
ed to dispos
ated ash is fo
ed for voids f
tion of road
rse, FAL-G
RCC road.
has increas
aken by Pol
on implemen
nd also the
ufacturers, th
-90 %in the
situated awa
so, since ne
Chapter 2 : P
e work
n
lore all the a
areas of util
nd the requir
nd availabilit
se ash in an
or manufactu
filling of our
sub grade in
concrete for
sed substant
lution Contr
ntation of the
better streng
he utilization
FY 09-10.
ay from the
ecessary po
Project Descripti
above referre
isation of as
rement can b
ty for dispos
n environme
uring of brick
captive lignit
n mines area
r making lev
tially over la
rol authoritie
e norms. Wi
gth of fly as
n of ash in f
nearby citie
ollution contr
on
ed
sh
be
sal
nt
k /
te
as
vel
ast
es,
th
sh
fly
es,
rol
measu
enviro
Projec
power
2.6.2
polluti
follow
can be
•
•
•
•
ures are bein
onmental aut
Thus t
ct. It is theref
r plant.
EnvirA therm
on by way o
i) S
ii) T
iii) T
iv) C
c
The m
ing sources
i) S
ii) C
h
tr
iii) A
iv) E
a
v) L
p
The va
e broadly cla
• Air pol
• Water
• Noise
• Sewag
ng proposed
thorities.
the site has
fore, conside
ronmental mal power s
of emission/d
Suspended P
Toxic gases (
Thermal pollu
Chemicals in
chemicals, oi
main pollutan
:
Stack discha
Circulating w
heat, water
reatment of c
Ash generate
Effluents from
alkaline liquid
Lignite dust
particulate m
arious types
assified into t
lution
pollution
pollution
ge pollution
d for the pow
all the infra
ered that this
Aspectsstation utilizin
discharge of t
Particulate M
(NOx, SO2)
ution
n liquid eff
il and grease
nts from a t
rging particu
water blowdo
with higher
circulating w
ed from Boile
m the ion-e
d.
from liquid
atters as fug
of pollution l
the following
2.18
wer plant, it is
astructural re
s site is suita
ng lignite co
the following
Matters (SPM
fluents such
e, suspended
hermal pow
ulate matters
own from co
r salt conce
water, if any.
er.
exchangers
effluents in
gitive dust/ch
likely to be c
g categories
s expected to
equirements
able for the in
oal as its prim
g :
M)
h as acids,
d solids etc.
wer plant are
s, toxic gases
ondenser co
entrations a
of DM Plan
lignite Hand
himney of Du
created by th
:
Chapter 2 : P
o meet the r
s for the pro
nstallation of
me fuel gen
alkalies, s
e discharged
s (SOx, NOx
ooling circuit
nd chemica
nt dischargin
dling Plant a
ust Extraction
he proposed
Project Descripti
requirement
oposed powe
f the propose
nerally create
some organ
d through th
x) and heat.
t, dischargin
als added fo
ng acidic an
and air born
n systems.
power statio
on
of
er
ed
es
nic
he
ng
or
nd
ne
on
2.6.3
plant.
2.6.4
projec
constr
cost f
installe
2.6.6.
Banga
projec
Rs. 15
EnvirGIPCL
Cost The es
ct based on
ruction (IDC
for similar s
ed capacity w
.1 Basis The c
alore based
cts of similar
The la
5.0 Lakhs pe
The pr
(a) A
2
(b) R
(c) C
b
(d) c
2
(e) C
fi
(f) A
e
(g) A
e
(h) T
p
ronmental L has engag
Estimate stimated firs
n prevailing
) and financ
ize projects
works out to
of Cost Escost estimat
on the in-ho
size where o
nd cost for t
er hectare as
roject cost in
A station bu
2x300 MW.
Raft foundati
Cost of road
been conside
cost of spare
2.5 % of land
Cost of cante
ire station, h
A lump sum
estimates for
A lump sum
estimates for
Taxes and
prevailing rat
Impact Sted an agen
st order cap
rates in is
cial charges.
which have
o Rs. 697 lakh
stimates tes have b
ouse cost da
orders have
the proposed
s furnished b
cludes:
uilding witho
ons for all m
s inside pla
ered.
es for mech
ded cost
een, wareho
ydrogen pla
amount of
r rain water h
amount of
r CSR activit
duties of v
tes in the cur
2.19
tudy cy to carryo
pital cost of
s Rs. 4181
The above
e been rece
hs / MW.
been prepa
ata for main
been placed
d facilities ha
by GIPCL.
out basemen
major structur
nt boundary
anical and e
ouse, works
nt has been
Rs. 100 lak
harvesting.
Rs. 50 cror
ies
various item
rrent financia
out EIA study
the propose
121 Lakhs
cost is bas
ently execute
red by Tat
n plant and b
d.
as been esti
nt and all o
res.
y and assoc
electrical eq
hop, Servic
n considered
khs has bee
res has bee
s at rates
al year have
Chapter 2 : P
y for the pro
ed 2 x 300
including in
sed on in-ho
ed. The cos
ta Consultin
balance of p
mated base
other plant
iated drains
quipment is c
ce building,
in the cost e
en considere
en considere
indicated b
been includ
Project Descripti
oposed powe
0 MW Powe
nterest durin
ouse data an
st per MW
ng Enginee
plant items fo
d on a rate
structures fo
, culverts ha
considered
weigh bridg
estimates
ed in the co
ed in the co
based on th
ed.
on
er
er
ng
nd
of
er,
or
of
or
as
at
e,
ost
ost
he
works
GETC
interfa
estima
electri
2.6.6.
estima
interes
propo
and co
2.6.6.
unit w
orders
report
there
capita
been d
•
•
•
•
execu
report
Cost o
as it has b
CO substatio
acing has be
Provisi
ates and sa
No pro
cal works in
.2 CapitaThe to
ated to be 41
The co
st during con
sed 2x300 M
onsidering a
.3 PhasiThe Pr
will be ready
s for main pl
t, it is assum
is no spill o
alized on this
done on the
• 1st yea
• 2nd ye
• 3rd yea
• 4th ye
It is pro
ution period.
t.
of transmiss
been assum
ons would be
en considere
ion for expa
me will be ut
ovision for
the mine are
al Cost Estotal cost of
1812.10 milli
ost per MW
nstruction an
MW unit at st
minimum re
ng of Experoject milest
for commerc
ant equipme
med that all t
out beyond
s basis. . The
following ba
ar
ear
ar
ear
oposed to ut
Quarterly ph
ion system
ed that the
e installed b
ed in the pre
nsion of exis
tilized for the
external lig
ea has been
timate the project
ion Rs.
of installed
nd financing
tation bus ba
eturn of 15.5
enditure tone schedu
cial operatio
ent. For the
the expendit
this period.
e year wise p
asis:
: 20%
: 50%
: 20%
: 10%
tilise both de
hasing of ex
2.20
has not be
entire trans
by GETCO a
eliminary cos
sting colony
e proposed S
nite handlin
n considered
including ID
capacity wo
charges. Th
ar, after allo
5% on equity
ule has been
n within 38 m
purpose of f
ture on the u
. All interest
phasing of ex
%
%
%
%
ebt and equi
penditure wi
een included
mission betw
at their cost.
st estimates
y at SLPP ha
Station -II.
ng system a
in the projec
DC financin
orks out to R
he cost of ge
owing for aux
y portion wor
n established
months from
financial calc
unit is incurr
ts and expe
xpenditure o
ty in the ratio
ill be presen
Chapter 2 : P
d in the cos
ween the sw
Expenditure
as been mad
and associa
ct cost estim
g cost and
Rs 6.97 cro
eneration pe
xiliary power
rks out to Rs
d. It is expe
m the date of
culations con
red within 38
enses are ca
of the total pr
on of 75:25
ted in the de
Project Descripti
st of electric
witchyard an
e required fo
de in the co
ated civil an
mates.
escalation
res includin
er kWh for th
r consumptio
s. 3.06 /kWh.
ected that th
f placement
ntained in th
8 months an
alculated an
roject cost ha
during proje
etailed proje
on
cal
nd
or
ost
nd
is
ng
he
on
he
of
his
nd
nd
as
ect
ct
A
B
C
D Topo
Latitud
: 21O24
: 21O24
: 21O24
: 21O24
osheets Nos. 46 G/3
F
de L
4’31.903” 7
4’14.550” 7
4’08.653” 7
4’12.439” 7
Fig. 2.1 : S
Longitude
73O06’43.754
73O07’19.025
73O07’16.302
73O06’37.834
2.21
Site Locatio
4”
5”
2”
4”
SPan
on Map
Luw
Nogama Shethi netha Asodia
Tadkeshwar
Uskher Ram
Nan Na
Chapter 2 : P
D
C
B
A 5 k
Shah
Mota Miya Mangrol
wara
Borsad Dungri
mkund
ni aroli
Charetha
Surali
Wastan
Dharampur
Togapur
Project Descripti
10 km km
Vasravi
Tuked
Borigala
on
N
2.22
Chapter 2 : PProject Description
Fig.
2.2
: Po
wer
Grid
Map
of I
ndia
2.23
Chapter 2 : PProject Description
Fig.
2.3
: Lo
catio
n Si
te o
f the
Pro
pose
d Po
wer
Pla
nt
2.24
Chapter 2 : P
Project Description
Fig.
2.4
: W
ater
Bal
ance
Dia
gram
Pe
APMA
APJU
JU
Projected
riod
R-2010 to AR-2011
R-2011 to NE 2011
NE 2011
Peak Powe
PeriodDem
(M
10,
10,2
10,2
T
er Demand
d Peak mand W)
A
786
292
292
2.25
Table 2.1
d and Ener
Peak Availability
(MW)
9,947
10,221
10,221
rgy Requir
Peak SurplDeficit (-
(MW)
-839
-71
-71
Chapter 2 : P
rement of G
us/ )
Peak Def
-
-
-
Project Descripti
Gujarat
Surplus/ ficit (-) (%)
-7.8
-0.7
-0.7
on
Inst
Sr. No.
GSE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A
IPP
1
2
3
B1
IPP
4
5
6
7
B2
B
talled Gene
N
ECL
Dhuvaran
Dhuvaran
Ukai TPS
Wanakbo
Gandhina
Sikka TP
Kutch Lig
Utran TP
Kadana H
Ukai Hyd
Ukai LB H
Panam H
Sub Tota
(Private)
A.E.CO./T
Essar Po
GPEC –
(State)
GIPCL-V
GIPCL-M
GSEGL-
GMDC S
Sub Tota
eration Ca
Name of Pow
nTPS 1
nTPS
S
ori TPS
agar TPS
S
gnite TPS
S (NEW)
Hydro
dro
Hydro
Hydro
al
Torrent
ower
Paguthan
Vadodara
Mangrol
Hazira
tage I&II
al (B1+B2)
T
pacity in M
wer Project
2.26
Table 2.2
MW for the
G
State of G
Fuel
Gas
Oil
Coal
Coal
Coal
Coal
Lignite
Gas
Hydro
Hydro
Hydro
Hydro
Coal/Gas
Gas
Gas
Gas/Naphtha
Lignite
Gas
Lignite
Chapter 2 : P
Gujarat for
Capac
2
1
2
2
2
4
1
a
2
2
9
2
Project Descripti
2006-2007
city in MW
107
220*
850
1470
870
240
215
135
240
300
5
2
4654
500
300
655
1455
305
250
156
250
961
2416
on
7
Sr. No.
CEN
C
* Re22
N
NTRAL SEC
NPC- Tar
NPC-TAR
NPC Kak
NTPC Ko
NTPC Vin
NTPC Vin
NTPC Vin
NTPC Za
NTPC Ka
Sub Tota
SARDAR
Total Ins01-07) Peak Pownote 4) Energy G(MKWh) Peak Dem
Energy DIII.1) (-)Defici
(-)Deficit(MKWh)
ecently the 20 MW. Hen
Name of Pow
CTOR (GSEC
rapur APC
RAPUR Uni
krapar APC
orba
ndhyachal –
ndhyachal –
ndhyachal –
anor
awas
al
R SAROVAR
stalled Capa
wer Availab
Generated b(refer note mand (MW)
Demand (MK
it / (+) Surpl
t / (+) Surplu
capacity once the insta
wer Project
CL’s share)
Unit # 1&2
it # 3&4
– 1
–2
– 3
R-SSNNL
acity (MW)(t
bility (MW) (
by all Units 3)
) (from Tabl
KWh) (from
lus of Powe
us of Energ
of Dhuvaranalled capacity
2.27
)
till 01-
(refer
le-III.1)
m Table-
er (MW)
gy
n oil based y is 9247 MW
Fuel
Nuclear
Nuclear
Nuclear
Coal
Coal
Coal
Coal
Gas
Gas
TPS is deW.
Chapter 2 : P
Capac
2
2
2
2
1
2
9
6
5
9
62
(-)
(-)
erated from
Project Descripti
city in MW
160
274
125
360
230
239
133
237
187
1945
232
9247
6935
7581
9475
2303
)2540
)4722
534 MW t
on
to
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Projecte
GSECL U
Vindhyach
Kahalgao
Sipat – II
Torrent Po
Total (200
GSECL-C
Sipat-1
Barh
GIPCL SL
Total (200
GSEG Ex
GSPC PipGSPC – G
Barh
North Kar
Total (201
North Kar
GSECL S
Total (201
Bhavnaga(GPCL,GM
GSECL U
GSECL S
South GujMW)
SaurashtrGhogha,B
Pipavav PStrategic
Total (201
Total
Total
ed Generat
Name Of P
Unit 4, Panand
hal Stage III(U
n Stage II Ph
(Unit 4&5)
ower Ltd, Akh
08)
CCP, Utran
LPP Phase -II
09)
xpansion, Haz
pavav Power GPCL)
ranpura
10)
ranpura
tage 3, Dhuv
11)
ar Power ProjMDC,GSECL
Ukai Extension
ikka Stage -2
jarat Lignite P
ra Energy LimBhavnagar (JV
Power ProjectPartner)
12)
T
tion Capac
Power Project
dhro
Unit 2)
ase 2 (Unit 6
hakhol, Surat
I , Mangrol
zira
Co.Ltd, Pipav
aran
ect, BhavnagL,GPCC&GIPC
n (Unit 6),Uka
2,Sikka
Power Project
mited at V of GPCL-NC
t, Pipavav (JV
2.28
Table 2.3
city for the
t
)
vav (JV of
gar CL)
ai
t (1000
CWL)
V of GPCL-
State of G
Capacity in MW
75
133
31
239
990
1468
360
473
87
250
1170
350
700
173
77
1300
154
360
514
500
490
500
900
250
900
3540
7992
17553
Chapter 2 : P
Gujarat till 2
Expected COperat
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
(2008
(up to
Project Descripti
2012
Commercial ion Year
008
008
008
008
008
009
009
009
009
010
010
010
010
011
011
012
012
012
012
012
012
8-2012)
o 2012)
on
De
Sr. No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
eficit in Ins
o Details
Projected Capacity
Peak PowAvailability(refer note
Peak PowDemand (
Power Def
Installed Crequired tothe deficit
Energy De(MkWh)
Energy Demet (MkWnote d)
Energy De(MkWh)
talled Cap
Installed (MW)
er y (MW) e 4)
er (MW)
ficit (MW) (
Capacity o offset (MW)
emand
emand Wh) (refer
eficit
T
pacity and E
2007-2008
11029
8272
9475
(-) 1203
1504
62303
57581
(-)4722
2.29
Table 2.4
Energy De
2008-2009
12199
9022
10484
(-) 1462
1827
67284
62763
(-)4521
emand for t
2009-2010
13499
9149
11625
(-) 2476
3095
72773
68412
(-)4361
Chapter 2 : P
the State o
0 2010-201
14013
10510
12915
(-) 2405
3006
78807
74569
(-)4238
Project Descripti
of Gujarat
11 2011-2
1755
1316
1437
(-) 1210
1512
85445
81280
8 (-)4165
on
012
53
65
74
0
Aspect ofselection
Approach
Water soand dista
Lignite soand dista
Limestonsource aDistance
Ash Utilizatio
Power Evacuatio
f site Si
h Shig
ource ance
Tapi18
ap
ource ance
Appma
14-1from
e
ne nd
5 kmplan(ExVa
Limedep
n Vasta2-3 k
s
on M
220 kkV
statioloc
withrad50
Accethe
linavaila
Eas
Compa
te-A S
tate hway
Frohig
5aproa
consto
i river–8-km prox.
Tap25 Na
5
proxi-ately 15 km
m Mine end
Apm6-
from
m from nt site xisting astan estone posits)
19 kpla(EV
Limde
an mine km from site
Mamine
8
Many kV/400
V sub ons are cated hin the ius of kms ess for power nes able on st side
MakV/
statlo
witrad50
Accthe
lavon
T
arative Stat
Site-B S
m state ghway, 5 km proach
ad to be structed o site
Fh
5 kmro
co
pi river-km and
armada 50km
Ta2N
pproxi-mately -8 km m Mine end
Ama
fr
km from ant site xisting
Vastan mestone
posits)
22p(
Ld
angrol es : 6 to
8 kms m
any 220 /400 kV sub ions are
ocated thin the dius of 0 kms cess for e power lines ailable n East side
MkV/
stlocthe
50 kforlineon
2.30
Table 2.5
tement of V
Site Alt-B
From state highway, m approach oad to be onstructed
to site
api river – 5 km and
Narmada – 50km
Approxi- ately 2-3 km rom Mine
end
2 km from plant site (Existing Vastan
Limestone deposits)
Mangrol mines : 2 to
3 kms
Many 220 /400 kV sub tations are cated within e radius of kms Access r the power es available n East side
Various Si
Site-C
State highway10 km
Approach village road close to site
Tapi river – 35 km and Narmada –
40 km Approxi-
mately 4-5 kmfrom Mine
end
18 km from plant site
(Proposed Ghoda-Dungr
Limestone deposits)
Mangrol mines : 14 to 15 kms
Many 220 kV/400 kV
sub stations are located within the radius of
50 kms Accesfor the powerlines availableon East side
Chapter 2 : P
ites
Site -D
y: State high
-
m Approxmately
16-18 kfrom Mi
end
ri
18 km frplant si
(ProposGhoda-Du
Limestodeposit
New asdyke
required initial 3 t
years
V
s r e
Many220 kV/40
sub statioare locatwithin thradius o
50 kms Acfor the polines availon North
Project Descripti
D Sit
hway State
xi- y km ne
Appma
15-1F
Min
om te
sed ungri
one ts)
18 kmplan
(ProGhoda
Limdep
sh for to 4 s
New areqfor
3 ye
y 00 kV ons ted he of
ccess ower lable side
M220 kV
sub sare lwithrad50
AccespoweavailaNort
on
te –E
highway
-
proxi- ately 17 km rom e end
m from nt site
oposed a-Dungri
meston posits)
ash dyke quired initial to 4 ears
Many V/400 kV stations ocated
hin the ius of kms
ss for the er lines able on th side
Aspect ofselection
Distanceexisting colony
Obstructbetween and Plan
Land Availabil
f site Si
from 3
ions Mine t
ShighMosa
Mavill
RailwKim
lybetMinPlan
ity Y
te-A S
3km 1
tate hways, ali And
angrol lage,
way line, river is
ying ween e and nt end
Yes No acq
Site-B S
12km
Nil
(To be quired)
Na
2.31
Site Alt-B
15km
Nil
No (To be acquired)
Site-C
20km
H.T lines andOld bhaga
village is lyingbetween Mineand Plant end
No (To be acquired)
Chapter 2 : P
Site -D
35km
d
g e d.
There undulating
terrain, Kriver and Triver whic
passinbetween Mand plant 3 number220 kV li
passinbetween m
and pla
No (To acquire
Project Descripti
D Sit
m 38
is g hilly Kim Tokri ch is g Mine site. rs of nes g
mines ant
Theunduhilly t
Kim riTokwhpas
betweand pl3 num220 k
pasbet
minep
be ed)
No (acq
on
te –E
8km
ere is ulating terrain, iver and ri river ich is ssing
een Mine lant site.
mbers of kV lines ssing tween es and lant
(To be uired)
La
Laun
An(Wan
To
E
and for powe
and for ash dnits.
nnual lignite With annual lond GCV of 29
otal raw wate
Estimated R
er plant
disposal for P
requirementoad factor of900 kcal/kg)
er requireme
T
Requireme
Proposed
ts f 80%
ent
2.32
Table 2.6
ents of Lan
Land for thavailable wis around 1
The ash gewill be 100%supply of amanufacturquantity leafter mixinglignite mineadditional a
3.75 Million
50,016 m3/
nd, Fuel an
e proposed with GIPCL. T
50 Hectares
enerated from% utilized insh to ash bares. Howeveft out, the sag with over bes for voids farea for ash
n Tonnes pe
day
Chapter 2 : P
d Water
power plantThe total lans (370 acres
m the propo dry form by
ased producer, in case aname would bburden into cfilling. Hencdisposal is r
er annum.
Project Descripti
t is already nd available s).
sed units y way of cts ny excess be disposed captive ce, no required.
on
SrNo
1.
2.
3.4.5.6.
7.
r.o.
Particu
0 PROXI( As rec
1.1 M
1.2 As
1.3 Fi
1.4 Vo
0 ULTIMA2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
0 Gross C
0 Chlorid0 Free Si0 Hard G
Index
0 Initial D(UnderAtmos
lars
MATE ANAceived basis
Moisture (Tot
sh
ixed Carbon
olatile Matte
ATE ANALYCarbon
Hydroge
Sulphur
Nitrogen
Moisture
Ash
Oxygen differenc
Calorific Valu
de ilica
Groove Grin
Deformationr Reducing phere)
Qua
ALYSIS s)
al)
n
er
YSIS
n
e
(by ce) ue K
dability
n Temp
2.33
Table 2.7
ality of Lign
Units PeanLig
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Kcal/kg 2
%
%
Deg C
nite
erform-ce
gnite
RanCo
45
10
20
25
30.0
2.5
1.2
0.3
45
10
11.0
2900
0.33
1.37
Chapter 2 : P
Range for Dend for Furnisorrection Cufor Guarant
40-52
5-20
10-25
20 - 30
25 – 35
0.84 – 3.0
0.2 - 3.5
0.80 – 0.4
40 – 52
5 – 20
2500-4000
0.3-0.4
0.3-1.37
100-150
1160-1200
Project Descripti
esign shing urves tee
0
0
0
0
on
Sr. No.
1. 20
2. 20
3. 20
4. 20
5. 206. 20
7. 20
8. 20
9. 2010. 20
Sr. No. P
1. E
2. A
3. M
4. M
5. R
6. M
7. M
8. A
9. A
10. B
11. P
12. C
Year AGen
001-2002 24
002-2003 29
003-2004 31
004-2005 25
005-2006 30006-2007 29
007-2008 26
008-2009 25
010-2011 39011-2012 45
Particulars
Elevation ab
Ambient air t
Maximum dr
Minimum dry
Relative hum
Maximum %
Minimum %
Average %
Annual avera
Basic wind s
Prevailing wi
Climatic con
Ash neration Ash
varioa
manuba
47,850
98,773
13821
52086
05,001 90,879
66747
57760
95956 58236
Meteor
ove mean s
temperature
ry bulb – Deg
y bulb – Deg
midity
age rainfall,
speed, m/sec
ind direction
dition
Yearly
h Utilization by ous surrounding agencies for ufacturing of ashased products
592
5064
15112
38479
140055 158160
188930
206235.83
271601 383653
2.34
Table 2.8
rological D
ea level m
e
g. C
g. C
mm
c
n
Table 2.9
y Ash Utiliz
Ash Ut
Backfilling ofour captive
Vastan LigniteMine
72000
136,734
286381
210,505
161654 122408
56883
0
101122 41096
Data
North
Hot,
zation
tilization
f
e
For Misc. Work
Preof S
0
69608
1828
3,102
3292 4696
20934
44618
14678 33208
Chapter 2 : P
Values
50
45.6
37.50
4.4
87
33
71
1800 mm
44
– North, EaSouth-West
Humid and
eparation Sub Base
Tutili
0 72
2,771 21
10500 31
0 25
0 390 29
0 26
6905 257
8555 39278 45
Project Descripti
ast and t
dusty
% asutilizatTotal
ization
2592 29.2
4177 71.6
3821 100.0
52086 100.0
96158 100.090879 100.0
66747 100.0
760.00 100.0
95956 100.058236 100.0
on
sh tion
29
69
00
00
00 00
00
00
00 00
Sr
Sr. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
r. No. Part
1. Flas2. Visc3. Pou4. Ash 5. Free6. Sed7. Tota8. Calc9. Sod
10. Lead11. Van12. Carb14. App15. SP g
Paramete
Total susp
pH
Total hard
Calcium h
Magnesiu
Sodium h
Sulphate
Chloride a
Silica as S
P-Alkalinit
M-Alkalini
Total Diss
ticulars
sh point cosity @ 150
r point content by w
e Water contiments by w
al sulphur bycium ium d content adium bon residencroximate grogravity at 15
Ta
Raw W
ers
pended solid
dness as Ca
hardness as
um hardness
ardness as
as CaCO3 (p
as CaCO3(p
SiO2(ppm)
ty as CaCO3
ity as CaCO
solved Solids
Ta
Analys
C Maxi.
weight tent by volum
weight y weight
ce (Rams booss calorific
50C Max.
2.35
able 2.10
Water Analy
ds (ppm)
aCO3 (ppm)
CaCO3 (ppm
s as CaCO3
CaCO3 (ppm
ppm)
pm)
3 (ppm)
O3 (ppm)
s as CaCO3
able 2.11
sis of Fuel
D
me
ottom) value
ysis
m)
(ppm)
m)
(ppm)
Oil
Unit
Deg. C min. Cst 0C
% max. % max. % max. % max.
PPM PPM PPM PPM % wt
Kcal/kg
Chapter 2 : P
Value
1000
7.90
160
80
80
-
5
45
19
Nil
170
272
Furnace OMV2 (IS
618201
0.24
3010
407.
10,0.9
Project Descripti
Oil Grade S : 1593) 66 80
21 01 .0 25 .0
0.5 0 .2 .50 74 000
933
on
Sr. No.
Fly Ash 1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
Bottom 2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
Ash Constit
Silica Alumina Iron oxide Titanium ox
Calcium ox
Magnessium
Sulphuric a
Alkalies Chloride Free Silica
Ash Silica Alumina Iron oxide Titanium ox
Calcium ox
Magnessium
Sulphuric a
Alkalies Chloride Free Silica
Ta
Anal
tuents
xide ide m oxide nhydride
xide ide m oxide nhydride
2.36
able 2.12
ysis of As
SiO2 Al2O3
Fe2O3
TiO2
CaO MgO SO3 Na2O/
Cl
SiO2 Al2O3
Fe2O3
TiO2
CaO MgO SO3 Na2O/
Cl
h
%
1
K2O
1
K2O
Chapter 2 : P
% By Weight
10.27-26.20 9.42-30.60 5.36-29.35 0.64-3.15
5.83-26.75 0.6-2.50
1.89-24.02 0.5-2.40 0.33-0.4
1.30-1.45
10.27-35.82
9.42-30.60
5.36-29.35
0.64-3.15
5.83-20.00
0.6-9.29
1.89-24.02
0.5-2.40
0.33-0.59
1.30-1.45
Project Descripti
t
on
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
I
I
I
6
V
7
I
I
I
I
Description
Preliminary Invest
Site Development
I. Land cost
II. Site Develop
Steam Generator
Turbine Generato
Balance of Plant i
I. Mechanical
a. Ligniteincludi
b. Ash ha
c. Circula
d. Desalin
e. Other w
II. Electrical
a. Genera
b. Switch
c. Other w
III. Control & Ins
Civil Works
I. Access & Div
II. Ash disposa
III. Township &
IV. Raw water reconstruction
V. Plant Civil wELHS
External Lignite H
I. MGR
II. Rolling stock
III. Jetty, if appli
IV. Conveyors uequipment
tigation
t
pment
island
or island
ncluding ELHS
e handling plant ng limestone hand
andling plant
ating water system
nation plant, if app
works
ator Transformer
yard
works
strumentation
version of roads
l area developmen
Colony
eservoice & Temp & enabling works
works + Civil works
Handling system s
k & Locomotives
icable
upto Plant + ELHS
Ta
Estimate
F.C
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
dling. NA
NA
m NA
plicable
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
nt NA
NA
porary s
NA
s for NA
system
S
2.37
able 2.13
ed Project
Firm
EPC Cost
C. D.C.
A NA
A NA
A NA
A NA
A 90000.00
A 55000.00
A 49200.00
A 27500.00
A 20000.00
A 4000.00
A 1000.00
A 2500.00
A 21700
A 3500
A 5000
A 13200
Include
A 48400
A 400
A
A
A
A 48000
9000
Cost
med-up (All Figure
Non EP
F.C.
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Not applic
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
ed in SG and STG
NA
0
NA
0
Not
NA
Chapter 2 : P
es in Rs. Millions)
PC Cost
D.C. F
50
2050
2050
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
cable
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
G island costs abo
1750
0
0
100
1650
0
t applicable
Project Descripti
Total
F.C. D.C.
NA 50
NA 2050
NA 0
NA 2050
NA 90000.00
NA 55000.00
NA 58200
NA 27500
NA 20000
NA 4000
NA 1000
NA 2500
NA 21700
NA 3500
NA 5000
NA 13200
ove
NA 50150
NA 400
NA 0
NA 100
NA 1650
NA 48000
9000
9000
on
0
0
Sr. No.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 w
19 A
20
21
22
23
24
25
I
I
26
27
Description
External Water Su
FGD Plant (if app
Erection, testing &of equipment cost
Contingency, Ovefee for EPC
Initial Spares
Establishment/con
Freight, Insurancefor F&I , @11.49%Service tax
Training LS
Start up fuel LS
Legal Expenses
Consultancy & Enworks cost
Audit & Accounts
Contingencies on
Contingencies on
Construction insucost
Escalation @ 1 %
Project cost exclucosts
IDC & Financing c
I. Financing ex
II. Interest Duri
Total project cost cost
COST PER MW R
upply System
licable)
&commissioning @t
erheads, risk & tur
nstruction supervis
e, Taxes and dutie% for D&T,10,30 %
ngineering @ 0.5 %
-LS
EPC works @ 0.5
non EPC works @
rance @ 0.5 % of
% of total hard cos
uding IDC and fina
cost
xpenses
ng Construction
including IDC, fina
Rs. Crores/ MW
F.C
@ 10 % NA
rnkey
NA
sion -LS NA
es @ 3.0 %
NA
NA
NA
NA
% of NA
NA
5 % NA
@ 1.5 % NA
Works `
st NA
ancing
NA
NA
NA
ancing NA
2.38
Firm
EPC Cost
C. D.C.
A NA
A 5080
A NA
A 37654
A NA
A NA
A NA
A NA
A NA
A 3715.2
A NA
1302.65
A NA
A NA
A NA
A NA
A NA
med-up (All Figure
Non EP
F.C.
Not applic
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
6.97
Chapter 2 : P
es in Rs. Millions)
PC Cost
D.C. F
cable
20320
18075
3500
NA
500
5000
50
1302.65
750
NA
494.665
329.7765
384199
33922
1441
32481
418121
7
Project Descripti
Total
F.C. D.C.
NA 20320
18075
NA 5080
NA 3500
NA 37654
0 500
NA 5000
50
NA 1302.65
750
NA 3715.2
494.665
1302.65
329.7765
NA 384199
NA 33922
NA 1441
NA 32481
NA 418121
on
5
5
5
5
3.1
CChhaapptteerr 33
DDeessccrriippttiioonn ooff tthhee EEnnvviioorrnnmmeenntt
The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves
as the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The baseline
environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various
components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land, biology and socio-economic.
The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during winter (2011-12) in a study
area of 15 km radial distance in and around the proposed project site.
3.1 Air Environment 3.1.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
The air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of
ambient air quality monitoring locations. The tropical climatic conditions mainly control the
transport and dispersion of air pollutant emissions during various seasons. This transport
and dispersion is minimal during the winter season when compared with other seasons;
the winter season is therefore considered ‘critical’ in this context.
The baseline studies for air environment include identification of specific air
pollutants prior to implementation of the project. The Rapid Environmental Impact
Assessment (REIA) study requires monitoring of baseline air quality during one season.
Accordingly, air quality monitoring was carried out in the winter season. The baseline
status
progra
3.1.2
enviro
locatio
3.1.3
of Ce
Stand
carried
close
site.
guidel
polluti
param
Ammo
(NMH
in Tab
repres
Mang
interfe
wind d
and cl
s of the air
am, which is
• To
• Re
• De
• Loc
• Re
• Re
Reconn
Reconna
onment in t
ons (Fig. 3.1
Method
The amb
ntral Pollutio
ards (NAAQ
d out at 14
to the proje
AAQM loc
lines of CP
on in an
meters such
onia (NH3),
C) were mo
The met
ble 3.1.2.
A temp
sentative air
rol, keeping
erence with
direction, tem
loud cover w
environmen
s planned ba
pography/te
egional syno
ensely popula
cation of sur
epresentation
epresentation
naissance
aissance w
the study r
1.1) were se
dology for A
bient air qua
on Control B
QS) of CPC
locations. T
ct site and i
cations were
PCB guidelin
industrial d
as PM10, P
Carbon Mo
nitored on s
thods used f
orary labor
r samples.
g the senso
the nearby
mperature a
was recorded
t is assesse
ased on the f
errain of the s
ptic scale cli
ated areas w
rrounding ind
n of regional
n of valid cro
was underta
egion. Four
lected based
Ambient A
ality monitori
Board (CPC
CB May 199
The maximu
n the study
monitored o
ne to deter
eveloped r
PM2.5 ,Oxide
onoxide (CO
site.
for sampling
ratory was
An automat
ors free ex
structures.
nd relative h
d manually f
3.2
ed through
following crit
study area
imatological
within the reg
dustries
l background
oss-sectiona
aken to est
rteen Ambie
d on guidelin
Air Quality
ng was carr
CB) June 19
4. Ambient
m numbers
area of 10 k
on 24 hourly
rmine a fine
egion. The
es of Nitrog
O), Methan
g and analys
setup at
tic weather
xposed to t
The micro-m
humidity wer
for the study
Chapter 3 :
a systemati
teria :
normals
gion
d
al distribution
tablish the
ent Air Qua
nes of netwo
Monitoring
ied out in ac
98 and Nati
Air Quality
of sampling
km radial dis
y basis for tw
er cross-sec
convention
gen (NOx),
e and Non
sis of differen
Mangrol fo
monitoring
he atmosph
meteorologic
re collected
y period.
Description of
ic air quality
n in downwin
baseline s
ality Monito
ork sitting cr
g
ccordance w
ional Ambie
Monitoring
g locations w
stance aroun
wo days in a
ctional distr
nal and pro
Sulphur di
n-Methane H
nt air polluta
or chemical
station was
here and w
cal data like
using the we
the Environme
y surveillanc
nd direction
status of a
oring (AAQM
iteria.
with guideline
nt Air Quali
(AAQM) wa
were selecte
nd the proje
a week as pe
ibution of a
oject specif
Oxide (SO2
Hydrocarbon
ants are give
analysis o
s installed a
with minimu
e wind speed
eather statio
ent
ce
air
M)
es
ty
as
ed
ct
er
air
fic
2),
ns
en
of
at
m
d,
on
proces
conce
NMHC
3.1.4
import
preva
of air
projec
princip
disper
(atmo
Indian
Surat
the ra
norma
0.254
variati
were p
repres
tempe
humid
NE se
range
duratio
3.1.5
(5 Km
They
study
The valu
ssed for arit
entration are
C are presen
Micro-M
The stud
tance to und
iling microm
pollutants. T
ct site will d
pal variable
rsion (avera
spheric stab
Climatol
n Meteorolog
is the neare
ange of 4.4o
al annual ra
cm in a da
ion in predo
predominant
The mo
sentative of
erature varie
dity was in th
ector. The c
1-19 km/h
on during wi
Baselin
The amb
m radius) an
represent th
area.
ues of PM10,
hmetic mea
presented i
nted in Table
Meteorolog
dy of micro-
derstand the
meteorology a
The persiste
decide the d
es which af
ge wind spe
bility) and als
ogical Table
gical Depar
est meteorol
C-45.6oC. A
infall of 120
ay) was 46.8
minant wind
t in the winte
onths of D
f winter se
ed in the ran
he range of
lam conditio
for most of
inter season
ne Status
bient air qua
nd buffer zon
he cross se
PM2.5 and g
n, standard
n Tables 3.e 3.1.10.
gy of the A
meteorologi
e variations
at project sit
nce of the p
direction an
ffect the m
eed and dire
so topograph
es of Obser
rtment, were
logical obse
Annual rainfa
09.4 mm. Th
8. The annu
d direction w
er season.
ecember J
eason. It is
nge of 3.4oC
33.1% - 65
on is 12% in
f the days a
n. Windrose
ality status o
ne area (10
ectional distr
3.3
gaseous poll
deviation, m
1.2-3.1.9. Th
Area
cal condition
in ambient
te plays a cr
predominant
nd extent of
micrometeoro
ections), con
hy of the are
rvatories in
e used to o
rvatory to th
all varied in
he annual a
al average w
as observed
anuary and
s referred t
C and 30.4oC
%. The pred
n winter sea
and cloudles
diagram pre
bserved dur
0 km radius)
ribution of t
Chapter 3 :
utants at mo
minimum con
he spot conc
ns of a part
air quality s
rucial role in
wind directio
f the air po
ology are h
nvective tran
ea towards lo
India (1951
obtain histor
he project sit
the range o
average of r
wind speed
d at Surat. W
d February
that minimu
C respectivel
dominant wi
son. The wi
ss sky is ob
esent in Fig.
ring winter se
) is presente
he baseline
Description of
onitoring loc
ncentration, m
centrations o
icular region
status in tha
n transport a
on and wind
llution impa
horizontal t
nsport and v
ocal influenc
-1980), pub
rical data fo
te. Tempera
of 363.0-229
rainy days (r
was 8.9 km
Winds from th
are consid
um and ma
ly. Monthly m
ind direction
ind speed re
served of 8
3.1.2.
easons in co
ed in Tables air quality
the Environme
ations were
maximum
of CO and
n is of utmo
at region. Th
nd dispersio
d speed at th
ct zone. Th
ransport an
vertical mixin
ces.
blished by th
or the regio
ature varied
98.7 mm wit
rainfall abov
m/h. Season
he N-E secto
dered to b
aximum dai
mean relativ
n from NW, N
emains in th
80-58% of th
ore zone are
s 3.1.1-3.1.status of th
ent
st
he
on
he
he
nd
ng
he
n.
in
th
ve
al
or
be
ily
ve
N,
he
he
ea
5.
he
3.1.5.
respec
at and
unpav
stipula
(Tableand lo
observ
3.1.5.2
averag
conce
lowes
was f
levels
is 80
major
lower
for we
import
the le
media
given
respec
due to
conce
stipula
contai
such
wood
1 Particula
The av
ctively (Tabd lowest at
ved road etc
ated standar
The ave
e 3.1.3). Th
owest at Sh
ved within st
2 Gaseou
The ave
ge concent
entration am
t concentrat
found at Va
of gaseous
µg/m3 and f
Atmosph
sink in the
level of the
eeks. Amm
tant in neutr
vels of amm
a and analyz
in Table ctively which
o industrial a
entration wa
ated standar
Carbon
ining carbon
as petrol, g
can be use
ate Matter
erage PM1
le 3.1.3). Th
among the
c. The PM10
rds for NAAQ
erage PM2.5
e highest co
hah-Navpara
tipulated sta
s Pollutants
erage conce
tration of N
mong all the
tion of SO2 w
sravi and lo
s pollutants w
for NOx is 8
heric ammon
atmosphere
atmosphere
onia is the
ralizing acid
monia in air
ze by wet c
3.1.3. The
h may be at
activities. H
as observed
rds (400 µg/
monoxide is
n are burned
as, coal an
d for cookin
0 concentra
he highest c
locations m
concentrati
QS (24 hour
5 concentrat
oncentration
a location. T
andards for N
s
entration of
NOx ranged
locations o
was found in
owest conce
were below
80 µg/m3).
nia (NH3) is
e is by wet d
e is a few ho
major base
ic species s
, samples w
chemical me
e average
ttributed to
igher conce
at Surali.
/m3).
s a colorless
d with an in
d wood gen
ng and heati
3.4
ations varie
concentration
monitored wh
ons for all lo
rly PM10=10
tion ranged
n among all
The PM2.5 c
NAAQS (24
f SO2 rang
d between
of SO2 was
n Luwara an
entration of
the stipulat
s a pollutant
eposition. T
ours, though
e present i
such as SO2
were collecte
ethod. The
concentrati
emissions fr
ntrations we
However, a
and odorles
sufficient su
nerate emiss
ing in applia
Chapter 3 :
ed in the
n among the
hich may be
ocations we
00 µg/m3).
between 1
the location
concentration
hourly PM2
ed between
31-44 µg/m
found at M
nd for NOx t
NOx was f
ed CPCB st
which is hi
The residenc
in the calm
n the atmo
2, H2SO4, H
ed by passin
observed va
on ranged
rom animal
ere recorded
all these va
ss gas. It is
upply of air.
sions of car
ances like st
Description of
range of
e locations w
e due to win
ere observed
7-28 µg/m3
ns was obse
ns for all lo
2.5 =60 µg/m
n 17-28 µg
m3 respectiv
Mangrol and
the highest
found in Na
tandards (24
ighly soluble
ce time of am
environmen
osphere and
NO3 and HC
ng air throu
alues at all
between
waste, and
d at Plant w
alues are w
formed whe
The combu
rbon monox
toves and ba
the Environme
52-71 µg/m
was observe
ndblown dus
d to be belo
3 respective
erved at Pla
ocations wer3).
g/m3 and th
vely. Highe
Vasravi an
concentratio
aniNaroli. Th
4 hourly SO
e in water, i
mmonia in th
nt it may exi
d is therefor
Cl. To asses
ugh absorbin
the location
49-66 µg/m
soil and als
whereas lowe
ell within th
en substance
ustion of fue
xide. Gas an
arbecues ad
ent
m3
ed
st,
ow
ely
nt
re
he
st
nd
on
he
O2
ts
he
st
re
ss
ng
ns
m3
so
er
he
es
els
nd
dd
to its
monox
collec
on the
are pr
locatio
NAAQ
3.1.5.3
prope
nature
proces
and ch
to hum
are co
manuf
(such
incine
expos
system
expos
enviro
direct
near p
in bio
rates
locatio
NAAQ
crust.
the air
contribution
xide pollutio
In orde
cted in tedlar
e principle o
resented in
ons varied b
Q (CO for 1 h
3 Particula
Airborne
rties. The co
e of emissio
ssing, and e
hemical tran
man health.
onsidered as
Lead (P
factured pro
as cars a
erators, utilit
sure, lead c
m, reproduc
sure also affe
onment and
discharge
point source
diversity, ch
in plants and
On visu
ons varied b
Q Standards
Arsenic
Inorganic fo
r by volcano
ns. Apart fr
n in urban a
er to asses
r bags and a
f infrared ra
Table 3.1.5between 0.23
hour: 02 mg
ate Associa
e particles ar
oncentration
ns to the at
exchange of
nsformations
Fossil fuel u
s important
Pb) is a m
oducts. The
and trucks)
ties, and lea
can adverse
ctive and dev
ects the oxy
accumulates
of waste st
es of lead de
hanges in co
d animals, a
alizing Tabbetween 0.0
(Pb : 1.0
(As) is a n
orms of arse
oes, weather
rom it, moto
and sub-urba
s the conc
analyzed w
diation at w
5. The obse
3 and 1.20
g/m3).
ated Toxic P
re important
ns and size d
mosphere, a
f air betwee
s. The elevat
utilization, su
t contributors
metal found
major sourc
) and indu
ad-acid batt
ely affect t
velopmental
ygen carrying
s in soils and
reams to w
emonstrate a
ommunity co
and neurolog
le 3.1.4. it
08 and 0.40
ug/m3).
aturally occ
enic are foun
ring of arsen
3.5
or vehicles a
an environm
centration of
ithin 24 hrs
avelengths
erved carbo
mg/m3, whic
Pollutants
t carriers of
distributions
as well as ra
en the bound
ted metal co
uch as vehic
s.
naturally i
ces of lead e
strial sourc
tery manufa
he nervous
l systems a
g capacity o
d sediments
water bodies
a wide rang
omposition,
gical effects
is observed
0 ug/m3 and
curring elem
nd throughou
nic-containin
Chapter 3 :
are also the
ent.
f carbon m
by carbon m
near 4.7 mic
n monoxide
ch are within
metals, som
of trace me
ates of wet a
dary layer a
oncentrations
cular exhaus
in the envi
emissions h
ces includes
acturers. De
s system, k
nd the card
of the blood.
s through de
s, mining, an
e of adverse
decreased
in vertebrate
d that lead
d are within
ment widely
ut the enviro
g minerals a
Description of
e main sour
monoxide, s
monoxide an
crons. The
e concentrat
n the permis
me of which
etals are gov
and dry dep
and the free
s, can pose
st and lubric
ironment as
have been m
s lead sme
epending on
kidney funct
iovascular s
Lead is pe
position from
nd erosion.
e effects inc
growth and
es.
concentrati
the permiss
distributed i
onment; it is
and ores, an
the Environme
rce of carbo
amples wer
nalyzer base
results of C
tion at all th
ssible limits o
possess tox
verned by th
position, clou
tropospher
a serious ris
cant residue
s well as
motor vehicle
elters, wast
n the level o
tion, immun
system. Lea
rsistent in th
m air source
Ecosystem
cluding losse
d reproductiv
on at all th
sible limits o
in the earth
released int
d commerci
ent
on
re
ed
O
he
of
xic
he
ud
e,
sk
s,
in
es
te
of
ne
ad
he
s,
ms
es
ve
he
of
h’s
to
al
or ind
Other
an ar
arsen
pain) a
arsen
observ
shown
such a
coins,
make
combu
Respi
who b
lung,
betwe
India f
group
mainly
other
natura
as nat
are m
to be
and g
atmos
gover
transp
conce
are wi
dustrial proc
air sources
rsenic wood
ic dust or fu
and nervous
ic can caus
ved arsenic
n in Table 3
Nickel is
as iron, cop
jewelry, an
stainless s
ustion, nick
ratory effec
breathed ver
nasal and s
een 4.1-13.9
for Ni: 20 ng
BaP is t
of organic
y as a resu
anthropoge
al gas, comb
tural proces
major contrib
incorporated
generally ex
sphere. Part
ning the fa
port and rem
entration at a
ithin the perm
cesses. Meta
s of inorgani
d preservat
umes can c
s system dis
se irritation o
concentrati
.1.4. The pe
s a naturally
per, chromiu
nd items suc
steel. Nicke
kel metal re
ts are asso
ry large amo
inus cancers
9 ng/m3 and
g/m3 (Table 3
the most we
compounds
lt of incomp
enic activities
bustion of re
sses such as
utors of PAH
d onto parti
xist in the
ticle sizes w
te of BaP
moval of the
all the locati
missible limi
al smelters
c arsenic ex
ive. Acute
cause gastro
sorders. Chr
of the skin
ons at all th
ermissible lim
occurring e
um, and zinc
ch as valve
el can be
efining, sew
ciated with
ounts of nick
s. The obse
were withi
3.1.4).
ell known po
s with two o
plete combu
s include p
efuse, vehic
s forest fires
Hs, includin
culates duri
particle ph
will be mostly
in the atmo
se small pa
ons varied b
its of NAAQ
3.6
release ele
xposure incl
(short-term)
ointestinal e
ronic (long-te
and mucous
he locations
mits of NAAQ
element and
c, to form al
es and heat
released in
wage sludge
chronic exp
kel compoun
erved Ni con
n the permi
olycyclic aro
or more fuse
ustion of org
rocessing o
cle traffic, co
s. Motor veh
g benzo[a]p
ng cooling a
hase at no
y <2.5 μm i
osphere are
rticles from
between 0.0
Standards o
Chapter 3 :
vated inorga
lude burning
) high-level
effects (naus
erm) inhalat
s membrane
were below
Q Standards
can be com
lloys. These
exchangers
nto ambient
e incinerati
posure to ni
nds develope
ncentration a
issible limits
omatic hydro
ed aromatic
ganic materi
of coal and
ooking and t
hicle exhaust
pyrene, to at
and condens
ormal ambie
n aerodyna
e the same
the atmosp
04 and 0.13
of India (BaP
Description of
anic arsenic
g of plywood
inhalation
sea, diarrhe
ion exposur
es and lung
w detection l
(As : 06 ng
mbined with
e alloys are u
s. Most nick
t air from
on, and ot
ickel in the
ed chronic b
at all the loc
s of NAAQ
ocarbon (PA
rings. PAH
ials during i
crude oil, c
tobacco smo
t and their r
tmosphere.
sation in the
ent tempera
mic diamete
e processes
phere. The o
ng/m3 (TabP : 01 ng/m3
the Environme
c into the a
d treated wit
exposure t
ea, abdomin
e to inorgan
g cancer. Th
imit (BDL) a
g/m3).
other metal
used to mak
kel is used t
oil and co
ther source
air. Worke
bronchitis an
cations varie
Standards o
AH) in a larg
Hs are forme
industrial an
combustion o
oking, as we
re-suspensio
BaP will ten
e atmospher
atures in th
er. Processe
s that gover
observed Ba
ble 3.1.4) an3).
ent
ir.
th
to
al
nic
he
as
s,
ke
to
al
s.
rs
nd
ed
of
ge
ed
nd
of
ell
on
nd
re
he
es
rn
aP
nd
Level
source
hydroc
and n
tanks
analyz
Hydro
found
was ra
and lo
conce
Volati
compo
anthro
photoc
peroxy
as sig
BTEX
observ
VOCs
contrib
produ
s of Hydroc
Hydroca
es. Natural
carbon com
natural fires.
and from so
zed by HC
ocarbons we
in Wastan
anged betwe
owest at Us
entration was
ile Organic
The mon
ounds (VO
opogenic so
chemical re
yacethyl nitr
gnificant air p
X analyzer w
ved concen
s, benzene
bution of ve
ct etc.
carbons in A
arbons prese
l sources
mes from geo
The anthro
oild waste d
C Direct a
ere varied
and lowest
een 0.15-0.9
shker-Ramk
s found at P
Compound
no-aromatic
Cs). VOCs
urces. Due
eactions wh
rate, free rad
pollutants. T
within 24 hou
ntration of V
is regarded
ehicular traf
Ambient Ai
ent in atmos
of hydroca
othermal are
opogenic so
isposal etc.
analyzer w
between 0.
concentratio
93ppm and
kund. N-CH4
lant. Table 3
ds
hydrocarbo
s in ambie
to their toxi
hich produc
dicals and n
The samples
urs. The lev
VOCs repor
as carcinog
ffic plying o
3.7
r
sphere are f
arbons are
eas, coal fie
urce include
The sample
within 24hou
69-1.75µg/m
on was foun
highest conc
4 was range
3.1.5.
on like Benze
ent air orig
city and dan
ce seconda
nitrogen oxid
s were collec
vels of VOC
rted as ben
gen to hum
on the road
Chapter 3 :
from both na
from biol
elds natural
es transporta
es were colle
urs. The c
m3. The hig
nd in Vasrav
centration w
ed between
ene is consi
ginate from
ngerous che
ary air poll
des in ambie
cted in Tedl
s are prese
nzene 0.11-
mans. Their
ds, domestic
Description of
atural and a
ogical sour
gas from pe
ation, emiss
ected in Ted
concentratio
ghest conce
vi. The CH4
was found at
n 0.30-1.30
idered as vo
m various b
emicals that
utants such
ent air, they
ar bags and
nted in Tab-1.13 ug/m3
occurrence
c combustio
the Environme
anthropogen
rces, thoug
etroleum fie
sion from fu
dlar bags an
ons of Tot
entration wa
concentratio
New Wasta
ppm highe
olatile organ
biogenic an
participate
h as ozon
are regarde
d analyzed b
ble 3.1.4. Th
. Among th
indicates th
on, petroleu
ent
nic
gh
ld
el
nd
tal
as
on
an
st
nic
nd
in
e,
ed
by
he
he
he
m
Fig. 3.1.
Tadke
Panetha Shethi
.1 : Samplin
Ushk
eshwar
Asolda
Noga
ng Location
ker Ramkund
Nani Naroli
Surama
Luwara
3.8
ns for Ambie
Dun
Chareth
Wastan
rali
Mo M
Dharampu
Togapur
A
B
C
D
Chapter 3 :
ent Air Qua
ngri Borsad
Shah
Bo
ota Miya Mangrol
ur
5 km
Description of
lity Locatio
Vasravi
origala
Tuk
10
the Environme
ons
ked
km
N
ent
N
Figg. 3.2. : Wi
ndrose Dia
3.9
agram dur
Chapter 3 :
ing Winter
Description of
r Season
the Environmeent
S
* D
D
Sr. No. Sa
Core Zon1. Pla
2. Gu
3. Du
4. Sh
5. Su
6. Wa
7. Na
8. No
Buffer Zo9. Ma
10. Ta
11. Lu
12. Va
13. Us
14. As
Direction and
Details of A
ampling locat
ne ant Side
uest House
ungri
hah-Navapar
urali
astan
ani Naroli
ogama
one angrol
adkeshvar
wara
asravi
shker-Ramku
sodla
d distance w
T
Ambient Air(W
tion D
ra
und
w.r.t. the prop
3.10
Table 3.1.1
r Quality MWinter 2011
irection*
-
-
SEE
NNE
NNW
NNW
SW
NNW
NE
SW
NNW
NNE
WSW
NNW
posed projec
Chapter 3 :
Monitoring 1)
Approx. ADistanc
(km)
-
3.5
2.0
4.0
4.3
2.5
3.2
5.2
5.2
2.0
3.5
5.6
9.3
8.7
ct site
Description of
Locations
Aerial ce* )
SamH
the Environme
s
mpling eight (m)
3
6
3
4
6
5
3
6
6
4
3
3
6
4
ent
Sr. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Te
Parame
Particulmicrons
Particulthan 2.5
Sulphur
Oxides
Carbon
Lead (P
Benzen
Benzo(a
Arsenic
Nickel (
echniques
eter
late Matter ss or PM10
late Matter s5 microns or
r Dioxide (SO
of Nitrogen
Monoxide (
Pb) (μg/m³)
ne (μg/m³)
a) Pyrene
c(As), (ng/ m
(Ni) ,( ng/ m³
T
s Used for A
size < 10
size less r PM2.5
O2)
(NOX)
(mg/m3)
m³)
³)
3.11
Table 3.1.2
Ambient A
Monitorin
Gravimet
Gravimet
EPA Imp
Modified
Non DispSpectros
AAS/ICP2000
Gas Chroanalyzer
Solvent EAnalysis
AAS/ICP2000 or e
AAS/ICP2000 or e
Chapter 3 :
Air Quality
ng Techniqu
tric
tric
proved West
Jacobs-Hac
persive infra scopy
P method for
omatograph
Extraction Fo
P method foequivalent fi
P method foequivalent fi
Description of
Monitoring
e
and Gaeke
chheiser Me
red (NDIR)
r sampling on
y based con
ollowed by H
r sampling olter paper
r sampling olter paper
the Environme
g
Method
ethod
n EPM
ntinuous
HPLC/GC
on EPM
on EPM
ent
Unit:
Sr.No
Co
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Bu
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
μg/m3
. .
Monitorin
re Zone
Plant Sid
Guest Ho
Dungri
Shah-Nav
Surali
Nani Naro
Wastan
Nogama
ffer Zone
Mangrol
Tadkeshv
Luwara
Vasravi
Ushker-R
Asodla
Ambient A
ng locations
e
ouse
vapara
oli
var
Ramkund
T
Air Quality (W
PM10
71±11(49-83)58±7
(51-72)
59±15(34-76)
52±7 (40-62)
65±7 (62-77)
64±9 (54-78)
59±12 (30-72)
65±12(40-82)
63±6(54-70)
54±7(44-63)
69±7(63-85)
67±15(39-84)
63±9(51-75)
54±6(45-65)
3.12
Table 3.1.3
Status witWinter 2011
PM2.5
37±4
(30-45)
36±2(32-39)
33±8(23-46)
23±1 (21-25)
27±6 (20-38)
31±5 (22-38)
32±6 (23-41)
34±8(23-46)
36±5(25-42)
30±8(20-44)
28±7(21-39)
29±6(23-36)
32±4(24-36)
28±5(23-36)
Chapter 3 :
thin the Stu1)
SO2
(Average ±(Range
) 25±2
(23-28
) 22±2
(19-25
) 24±1
(22-25
) 26±1
(25-28
) 26±2
(24-29
) 24±1
(22-25
) 29±2
(25-30
) 24±1
(22-25
) 28±1
(26-29
) 24±1
(23-25
) 17±2
(15-19
) 28±2
(25-30
) 18±1
(16-19
) 23±2
(20-25
Description of
udy Area
Av
NOx
± SD) e)
) 34±1
(32-36
)
38±1(36-39
) 36±2
(34-39
)
38±1(36-39
)
42±1(40-44
)
31±6(24-41
)
39±1(37-40
) 32±9
(21-46
) 37±9
(23-45
) 33±5
(26-41
) 32±1
(30-34
) 44±2
(40-45
) 39±1
(38-40
) 42±1
(40-43
the Environme
verage. : 24 h
NH3
6) 66±2
(63-6
9)
65±3(59-6
2 9)
54±7(40-6
9)
53±4(44-5
4)
49±7(40-6
6 1)
57±5(51-6
0)
53±1(39-74
9 6)
52±6(43-6
9 5)
51±6(42-5
5 1)
51±6(43-6
4)
53±6(43-6
2 5)
52±6(41-5
0)
54±5(44-6
3)
54±5(42-6
ent
rs
3
2 9)
3 9)
7 7)
4 9)
7 1)
5 8)
0 4)
6 0)
6 9)
6 2)
6 3)
6 9)
5 1)
5 0)
L
Levels of P
Sr. No.
Core 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
9.
Buffe
8.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
N
Particulate
Monitoring
Zone Plant Side
Guest Hous
Dungri
Shah-Nava
Surali
Nani Naroli
Wastan
Nogama
er Zone
Mangrol
Tadkeshvar
Luwara
Vasravi
Ushker-Ram
Asodla
NAAQM(200
T
Associate(W
locations
se
para
r
mkund
09)
3.13
Table 3.1.4
ed (Pb, Ni, Winter 2011
Particulat
Pb (µg/m3) (µ
0.32
0.19
0.19
0.11
0.34
0.21
0.40
0.18
0.15
0.14
0.06
0.08
0.09
0.10
1
Chapter 3 :
As and Ba1)
te associate
Ni µg/m3)
A(µg
4.56 N
5.9 N
5.5 N
4.1 N
13.9 N
12.3 N
4.32 N
6.7 N
5.1 N
8.5 N
6.7 N
6.8 N
5.6 N
3.4 N
20 0.
Description of
aP) Toxic P
ed pollutants
As g/m3)
BaP(µg/m
ND 0.1
ND 0,0
ND 0.1
ND 0.04
ND 0.1
ND 0.1
ND 0.1
ND 0.0
ND 0.1
ND 0.0
ND 0.1
ND 0.0
ND 0.0
ND 0.0
.06 1
the Environme
Pollutants
P m3)
0
9
1
4
1
3
6
7
0
6
2
7
6
7
ent
SN
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
B
8
1
1
1
1
1
Sr. No. Monito
Core Zone
1. Plant S
2. Guest
3. Dungr
4. Shah-N
5. Surali
6. Nani N
7. Wasta
9. Nogam
Buffer Zone
8. Mangr
0. Tadke
1. Luwara
2. Vasrav
3. Ushke
4. Asodla
Levels o
oring location
Side
House
i
Navapara
Naroli
an
ma
e
rol
shvar
a
vi
er-Ramkund
a
T
of Gaseous(W
nsCO
(mg/m3
0.95
1.20
0.90
0.4
1.08
0.23
0.93
0.4
0.5
0.57
0.45
1.20
0.5
1.04
3.14
Table 3.1.5
s PollutantWinter 2011
3) Benzen(µg/m3
0.55
0.99
0.70
0.55
0.43
0.33
0.89
0.11
0.19
0.22
1.13
1.00
0.37
0.20
Chapter 3 :
ts in Ambie1)
S
ne 3)
CH4 (ppm)
0.38
0.44
0.31
0.40
0.42
0.30
0.93
0.25
0.65
0.25
0.39
0.39
0.15
0.30
Description of
ent Air
Spot concentra
N-CH4 (ppm)
1.30
1.10
0.77
1.10
1.05
1.20
0.82
1.08
0.38
1.05
0.65
0.30
1.28
1.01
the Environme
ation
HC (µg/m3)
1.68
1.54
1.08
1.5
1.47
1.5
1.75
1.33
1.03
1.3
1.04
0.69
1.43
1.31
ent
3.2
cause
huma
noise
age, h
on psy
3.2.1
GIPCL
their i
enviro
directi
for no
observ
area.
3.2.2
the en
huma
the pr
Ankale
GIPCL
3.2.3
Movem
Trucks
Noise Noise, o
es annoyanc
n environme
The imp
viz. noise le
health status
ychological a
Method
The obje
L Mangrol, G
mpact on th
onment were
• Rec
• Ide
• Me
• Me
The imp
ional change
oise environ
vations to id
Reconn
A reconn
nvironment w
n activities.
roject site a
eshwar tow
L from Kim C
Identific
A few s
ment of veh
s, buses, jee
Environmoften defined
ce, distracts
ent.
pact of noise
evel, freque
s, type of ac
and physiolo
dology and
ective of su
Gujarat, was
he human se
e conducted
connaissanc
entification an
easurement o
easurement o
pact due to
es dependin
ment have
dentify the m
naissance
naissance w
with respect
The potenti
are mainly d
wards Wanka
Chaukari tow
cation and
small scale
hicles at the
eps, matado
ment d as unwante
from work,
e on the hea
ency spectru
ctivity, occup
ogical state o
d Baseline
urvey of no
s to assess t
ettlements in
as follows:
ce
nd characte
of baseline n
of prevailing
noise does
ng upon the p
been carrie
major activit
was conducte
t to noise lev
al noise sou
due to traffic
al and vehic
wards Mang
d Characte
industries a
e highways
ors and two w
3.15
ed sound, in
and disturb
alth of an ind
um, annoyan
pational exp
of individual
Environme
ise pollution
the existing
n 10 km rad
rization of no
noise levels
g noise levels
s not underg
predominant
d out throug
ties contribu
ed with a vie
vels in surro
urces within
c density on
cular movem
rol.
rization of
are located
near the s
wheelers are
Chapter 3 :
terfaces with
bs sleep, thu
dividual depe
nce etc. and
posure etc. T
s.
ental Statu
n around th
levels of no
dial area. St
oise sources
in the study
s due to veh
go seasonal
t wind direct
gh reconnai
uting to nois
ew to establ
ounding villa
the 10 km r
n the State
ment on roa
f Noise Sou
in the study
site also con
e the mobile
Description of
h speech co
us deteriorat
ends on phy
d human fac
The impact
us
he proposed
oise, being g
tudies pertai
s
y area
hicular move
l variations
tion. The bas
issance follo
se levels wit
ish the base
ages and oth
radius study
Highway (S
ad that pass
urces
y area of 1
ntributes to
sources of
the Environme
ommunicatio
ting quality o
ysical dose o
ctors viz. se
also depend
d project sit
generated an
ining to nois
ments
except som
seline studie
owed by fie
thin the stud
eline status o
her centers o
y area aroun
SH-166) fro
ses infront
0 km radiu
noise level
noise.
ent
n,
of
of
x,
ds
e.
nd
se
me
es
ld
dy
of
of
nd
m
of
s.
s.
Chapter 3 : Description of the Project
3.16
3.2.4 Measurement of Baseline Noise Levels in the Study Area
Noise standards have been designated for different types of landuse, i.e.
residential, commercial, silence zones, as per ‘The Noise Pollution (Regulation and
Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi,
February 14, 2000’. Different standards have been stipulated during daytime (6 am to
10 pm) and nighttime (10 pm to 6 am). Equivalent noise levels (Leq) for a period of about
20 minutes have been measured at each monitoring location during daytime and
nighttime.
The background noise levels were measured using the Quest 1200/2200 Sound
Level Meter. The sampling locations were selected in the core zone (plant site area) and
buffer zone area (10 km radius). The sampling locations are shown in Fig. 3.2.1 and
noise levels during day time and night time for Residential, Commercial and Sensitive
area is shown in Tables 3.2.1-3.2.3 respectively.
The noise levels in the residential zone have been monitored. The Noise levels
ranged between 41-69 dBA during day time and 38-56 dBA during night time in core and
buffer zone. At the commercial zone the noise level ranged between 70.7-73 dBA during
day time and 59.6-64 dBA at night time as shown in Table 3.2.2.
Noise levels were also monitored in Schools, Primary Health Centres,
Hospitals and Temples in the study area i.e. Silence zone. The noise levels varied from
52-62.9 dBA during day time and 46-54.2 dBA during night time in core and buffer zone
as shown in Table 3.2.3.
The vehicular traffic was monitored at Mosali Chaukari during morning peak
hours. During survey period the traffic density was observed as 543 vehicles/ hour, out of
which heavy vehicles, medium, and light vehicles were 135, 163, and 245 respectively.
The equivalent noise levels on the road side were observed in the range of
80.1-83.5 dBA.
Chapter 3 : Description of the Project
3.17
Fig. 3.2.1 : Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring
Shah
Surali
Mota Miya Mangrol
Luwara
Vasravi
Tuked
Borigala
Nogama
Charetha
Borsad Dungri
Wastan Shethi Panetha Asodla
Tadkeshwar
Ushker Ramkund
Nani Naroli
Dharampur
Togapur
5 km 10 km A
B
C
D
N
Mosali
Chapter 3 : Description of the Project
3.18
Table 3.2.1
Noise Level in the Residential Area
Sr. No. Sampling Location Day Time Leq. (dBA)
Night Time Leq. (dBA)
Core Zone
1. Plant Side 41 37
2. Dungri 69 56
3. Surali 62 48
4. Shah-Navapara 60 50
5. Nani Naroli 49 45
6. Wastan 59 50.5
8. Nogama 45 38
Buffer Zone
7. Mangrol 66 54
9. Tadkeshvar 42 37
10. Luwara 56 49
11. Vasravi 59 47
12. Ushker-Ramkund 50 44
13. Asodla 66 55
14. Mosali 58.7 53.1
Chapter 3 : Description of the Project
3.19
Table 3.2.2
Noise Level in Commercial Area
Sr. No. Sampling Location Day Time
dB(A) Night Time
dB(A)
1. Mosali Bazar 73.0 64.0
2. Mosali Chaukadi 72.3 63.1
3. Mangrol Bazar 70.7 59.6
Table 3.2.3
Noise Level in Sensitive Zone
Sr. No.
Sampling Location Day Time dB(A)
Night TimedB(A)
1. Near Referal Hospital,Mosali 60.6 54.2
2. Near High School, Mangrol 62.9 53.8
3. Near Primary School, Vasravi 59.4 51.5
4. Near Primary School, Dungari 52 46
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.20
3.3 Water Environment In general any major industrial development project is expected to cause
impacts on water environment in two ways: one is stress on water resources (continuous
withdrawal of large quantities of water) and the other is pollution impacts through
discharge of effluents. These impacts may be related to either or both surface and
groundwater resources in the project area depending on the specific situation. To address
these issues it is necessary to take a stock of available water resources in project area
with respect to their existing quality as well as their supportive capacity to represent the
baseline status of water environment.
The existing water resources, both surface and groundwater with the
corresponding significance are identified within the study area (10 km radial distance)
around project site. The representative sampling locations for surface water and
groundwater are selected through reconnaissance to assess the existing status of water
quality in the impact zone. There are no surface water sources in form of canal/river/
reservoir/tank existing within 3 km area from the project site. Physico-chemical, nutrient,
Oxygen demand, bacteriological and biological parameters having relevance to public
health and aesthetic significance are selected to assess the water quality status with
special attention to raw water resource and the receiving body of the treated effluent
keeping in view the discharge from the proposed project. The standard methods (APHA,
AWWA 2007) prescribed for surface and groundwater sampling as well as the analytical
procedures for individual parameters is followed in this study.
3.3.1 Water Quality Survey
Keeping in view the existing activities at GIPCL related to water environment
and in the surrounding villages; the water quality survey has been planned through
identification of water resources and appropriate sampling locations for both surface and
ground water in study area depending on topography, surface runoff as well as natural
and manmade drainage/irrigation canal systems The prevailing status of water quality has
been assessed during winter season (December 2011). Two (2) sampling locations from
canal water of Kim river falling in study area have been identified for surface water quality
assessment. Groundwater sampling locations are selected in different villages around
GIPCL site based on topography, landuse and utility of groundwater in the study area.
The groundwater sampling has been identified at 9 locations (8 hand pumps and 1 bore
well) well distributed in the study area. Sampling locations for surface water and
groundwater quality monitoring are shown in Fig. 3.3.1 and are enlisted in Table 3.3.1.
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.21
The standard methods prescribed for surface and groundwater sampling preservation as
well as the analytical procedures for individual parameter is followed in this study.
3.3.2 Baseline Water Quality
Physico-chemical parameters alongwith biological indicators of pollution have
been identified for assessing the baseline status of water environment and identification
of impacts due to proposed developmental activities at project site. In order to assess the
water quality, standard methods (APHA, AWWA 2007) were followed for sample
collection, preservation and analysis in the laboratory.
3.3.2.1 Physico-chemical Characteristics
Surface Water
The surface water samples collected during winter seasons have been analyzed
for physico-chemical characteristics and the corresponding results are presented in
Tables 3.3.2-3.3.10. During study period covering winter season, the physico-chemical
parameters of canal water of river Kim showed moderate water quality in terms of
turbidity: 1-2 NTU and total suspended solids: 2-14 mg/l. Buffering capacity in terms of
alkalinity was found to be in the range of 152-164 mg/l, whereas pH was in the range of
7.7-8.1. Nutrient load in terms of Nitrates as N was in the range of 3.55-5.13 mg/l,
whereas total phosphates were 0.42-0.73 mg/l. Levels of DO and COD were observed to
be in the range of 6.2-6.5 mg/l and 6.2-8.0 mg/l respectively; whereas oil and grease was
found to be in the range of 3-6 mg/l. Heavy metals like nickel, cadmium, chromium,
copper, lead, iron, manganese, zinc and cobalt where found in the range of ND-0.1, ND,
ND-0.02, ND, ND, 1.21-1.98, 0.02-0.05, ND-0.01 and ND-0.01 mg/l respectively
Groundwater
The sampling locations of 11 groundwater resources (10 from hand pumps and
1 from bore well) are listed in Table 3.3.1 and illustrated in Fig. 3.3.1. The results
obtained for physico-chemical, inorganic parameters, nutrient, demand and organic
parameters, heavy metals, bacteriological and biological characteristics of groundwater
samples collected during winter season are presented in Tables 3.3.2-3.3.10. Results
obtained for physicochemical characteristics of groundwater during winter season are
summarized in Tables 3.3.2-3.3.5. In groundwater turbidity was found to be in the range
of <1-3 NTU while corresponding total suspended solids in the range of 1-2 mg/l. The
alkalinity as CaCO3, was found to be in the range of 92-346 mg/l whereas pH was in the
range of 7.0-8.1. Levels of DO and COD were found to be in the range of 3.8-6.1 and
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.22
<5 mg/l respectively. Heavy metals such as nickel, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead,
iron, manganese, zinc and cobalt were found to be in the range of ND-0.01, ND-0.01, ND-
0.01, ND-0.02, ND-0.01, 1.0-3.08, ND-0.41, ND-0.52 and ND-0.03 mg/l respectively.
3.3.2.2 Bacteriological Characteristics
The presence of coliform group of organisms in water is recognized as evidence
of faecal pollution. Surface and ground water samples were collected in sterilized bottles
in winter season which were preserved and analyzed for total and faecal coliforms at
laboratory by membrane filtration technique.
The results of bacteriological analysis of surface and ground water samples are
presented in Table 3.3.6. During study period covering winter season, samples from
canal water of river Kim showed total coliform counts varying from 45-110 CFU/100 ml
and the faecal coliform counts varied from 18-35 CFU/100ml (Tables 3.3.6); whereas the
groundwater samples indicated presence of total coliform as 20-90 CFU/ 100 ml and
faecal coliforms as 6-22 CFU/ 100 ml. Groundwater samples are found to be faecally
contaminated and hence need chlorination before consumption.
3.3.2.3 Biological Characteristics
The nature and population of biological species in water depends on physico-
chemical characteristics, i.e. pH conductivity, alkalinity, BOD, nutrient etc. and also
depends on the nature of the water body, i.e. dynamic or static as well as fresh or saline
water. Thus, the type and number of plankton species may serve as indicators of physico-
chemical quality and tropic levels of water body.
Standard procedures were adopted for zooplankton and phytoplankton counts.
Analysis of zooplankton is done by Sedwick-Rafter (SR) cell method whereas
phytoplanktons were estimated by Lacked drop (microtransect) method. The results of
phytoplankton and zooplankton are expressed as counts/ml and counts/m3 respectively.
In order to evaluate baseline biological characteristics, two samples were collected from
surface water bodies.
Species Composition
Organisms have been listed in standard publications according to increasing
trophic levels in aquatic environment. Similarly, many organisms have been listed to
favour certain physico-chemical conditions, viz. silicates for diatoms. The species
identified in different group/families of phytoplankton and zooplankton in water samples of
study area are listed in Tables 3.3.8 and 3.3.10.
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.23
Presence of desmids and Diatoms indicate clean water conditions. Dominance
of diatoms, protozoa, ciliates, chlorophyceae and cyanophyceae indicate progressively
increasing trophic conditions. Planktonic rotifers are usually more abundant in fresh
waters than in estuarine waters. It is believed that when crustacean such as copepoda,
cirripedia, ostracoda etc. insects outnumber other groups, the situation reflects enriched
organic content of water. Thus it is evident that presence of certain organisms also helps
in classifying waterbody into trophic levels based on its physico-chemical characteristics.
Species Diversity Diversity of plankton depends on physico-chemical characteristics of water or
rather the trophic levels. In oligotrophic waters, diversity of plankton is high, while in
mesotrophic and eutrophic conditions indicating increasing pollution loads, diversity of
plankton decreases. Shannon Weiner Index is a measure of diversity of plankton that
takes into account the total as well as individual species count in a water sample.
D = Σ - (ni/n) log2 (ni/n)
Where,
d = Shannon Weiner Diversity Index
ni = Number of each individual species in the sample
n = Total number of individuals of all species in the sample
It should be noted that the diversity is also susceptible to other parameters such
as turbidity, colour and flow rate particularly in hilly rivers. Thus, the results should be
interpreted with caution. A widely accepted ecological concept is that communities with
large number of species (i.e. with high diversity) will have high stability that can resist
adverse environmental factors. The maximum value of Shannon Weiner Index of
phytoplankton for clean waters has been reported to be around 6, though it may differ
slightly in different locations. Decrease in the value of index may thus be taken as
indicator of pollution.
Phytoplankton
Data generated for biological characteristics, pertaining to phytoplanktons are
presented in Tables 3.3.7-3.3.8. Total count represents approximate measure of quantity
of plankton in the water sample. Canal water of river Kim showed total phytoplankton
count in the range of 480-624 Nos./ml and Shannon Weiner Diversity Index in the range
of 2.93-3.28 (Tables 3.3.7). Bascillariophyceae was found to be the dominant group
present followed by Chlorophyceae and Cynophyceae. Phytoplankton species identified
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.24
are shown in Table 3.3.8. Groundwater samples showed absence of phytoplankton
population indicating that the groundwater quality is good. The use of diversity index is
not applicable for well waters, as the system differs from those of lakes and rivers. A
number of other factors such as limited light conditions and water withdrawal etc. do not
permit the plankton population to develop fully.
Zooplankton
In order to evaluate baseline biological characteristics pertaining to
zooplanktons for surface and ground waters, the data generated has been presented in
Tables 3.3.9-3.3.10. The canal water of river Kim showed total zooplankton count in the
range of 769-1308 nos/m³ and Shannon Weiner Index is in the range of 2.44-2.74 during
study period. Rotifera was the dominant group present followed by Copepoda and
Cladocera. Zooplankton species identified are presented in Table 3.3.10. Groundwater
showed absence of zooplankton species. Though no guideline value has been set for
presence of free living organisms in drinking water, it is desirable that these free living
organisms should be absent in drinking water. The potability of water may be
aesthetically affected due to presence of these organisms leading to alteration in its
colour, odour, taste, turbidity etc.
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.25
Ushker Ramkund
Nani Naroli Tadkeshwar
Asodla Panetha Shethi
Dungri
Charetha
Wastan
Borsad
Surali Nogama
Shah
Vasravi
Borigala
Tuked
Mota Miya Mangrol
Luwara
Dharampur
Togapur
5 km 10 km A
B
C
D
N
Fig. 3.3.1 : Water Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.26
Table 3.3.1
Water Quality – Sampling Locations (Winter 2011)
Sr. No. Sampling Locations
Core Zone Surface Water Canal water 1. Near village Charetha
2. Near Village Nogama
Groundwater Handpump 1. Dungri
2. Nani Naroli
3. Near site area
4. Wastan
5. Surali
Buffer Zone Handpump 6. Vasravi
7. Borigala
8. Mangrol
9. Togapur
10. Shethi
Bore Well 11. Luwara
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.27
Table 3.3.2
Water Quality - Physical Parameters (Winter 2011)
Sr. No.
Sampling Locations
pH Tempe-rature
(OC)
Turbidity
(NTU)
Total suspended
solids (mg/l)
Total Dissolved
Solids (mg/l)
Conductivity
(μS/cm) Core Zone Surface Water Canal Water
1. Near village Charetha 8.1 24 1 14 246 310
2. Near village Nogama 7.7 24 2 2 242 370
Groundwater Handpump
3. Dungri 7.9 24 <1 1 712 1295 4. Nani Naroli 8.1 25 <1 1 826 1502 5. Near site area 8.1 25 1 1 915 1300 6. Wastan 7.8 24 1 2 755 1250 7. Surali 8.0 25 3 1 1125 1600
Buffer Zone Handpump
8. Vasravi 7.0 24 1 2 1200 2060 9. Borigala 7.1 25 1 2 496 730 10. Mangrol 7.8 25 <1 1 615 1050 11. Togapur 7.3 26 1 2 495 840 12. Shethi 7.1 25 <1 2 1158 1900
Bore Well 13. Luwara 7.2 24 1 2 1010 1450
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.28
Table 3.3.3
Water Quality- Inorganic Parameters (Winter 2011)
Sr. No.
Sampling Locations Total Alkalinity
Total Hardness
Calcium Hardness
Chloride Sulphate Sodium Pota-ssium
(as CaCO3)
(mg/l)
Core Zone Surface Water Canal water
1. Near village Charetha
164 134 36 14 16 34 1
2. Near village Nogama
152 104 64 23 9 45 1
Groundwater Handpump
3. Dungri 276 398 162 78 128 56 1
4. Nani Naroli 312 412 178 92 142 98 2
5. Near site area 334 498 118 68 160 68 1 6. Wastan 346 429 172 81 131 80 3
7. Surali 316 449 130 180 178 187 2
Buffer Zone Handpump
8. Vasravi 196 311 133 350 98 269 1
9. Borigala 218 300 92 58 28 47 1
10. Mangrol 258 336 161 105 64 75 1 11. Togapur 92 292 157 85 31 32 1
12. Shethi 104 494 181 169 194 115 1
Bore Well 13. Village Luwara 150 477 174 108 212 49 20
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.29
Table 3.3.4
Water Quality - Nutrient and Demand Parameters (Winter 2011)
Sr. No.
Sampling Locations Nitrate as N
Total Phosphates
Dissolved oxygen
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Oil & Grease
(mg/l)
Core Zone Surface Water Canal Water
1. Near village Charetha 5.13 0.42 6.2 6.2 6 2. Near village Navgama 3.55 0.73 6.5 8.0 3 Groundwater Handpump
3. Dungri 13.42 0.23 4.2 <5 - 4. Nani Naroli 28.67 0.36 4.6 <5 - 5. Near site area 22.26 0.49 4.5 <5 - 6. Wastan 11.28 0.39 5.1 <5 - 7. Surali 35.33 0.53 5.3 <5 -
Buffer Zone Handpump
8. Vasravi 39.22 0.10 3.8 <5 - 9. Borigala 20.20 0.19 5.4 <5 - 10. Mangrol 11.40 0.14 4.9 <5 - 11. Togapur 33.84 0.53 6.1 <5 - 12. Shethi 9.42 0.75 4.0 <5 - Bore Well 13. Village Luwara 20.02 0.45 5.9 <5 -
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.30
Table 3.3.5
Water Quality-Heavy Metals (Winter 2011)
Sr. No.
Sampling Locations Ni Cd Cr Cu Pb Fe Mn Zn Co
(mg/l)
Core Zone Surface Water Canal water
1. Near village Charetha 0.01 ND ND ND ND 1.98 0.05 ND ND 2. Near village Nogama ND ND 0.02 ND ND 1.21 0.02 0.01 0.01 Groundwater Handpump
3. Dungri ND ND ND 0.01 ND 1.32 0.02 0.16 ND 4. Nani Naroli ND ND ND 0.01 ND 2.36 0.05 0.21 ND 5. Near site area ND ND ND ND ND 1.05 ND 0.20 ND 6. Wastan ND ND 0.01 0.01 ND 1.99 0.41 ND 0.03 7. Surali ND 0.01 ND ND ND 2.18 0.41 0.36 ND
Buffer Zone Handpump
8. Vasravi 0.01 ND ND ND ND 2.24 0.04 0.52 ND 9. Borigala ND ND 0.01 ND ND 1.28 0.01 0.01 0.01 10. Mangrol ND ND ND 0.02 ND 2.25 ND 0.40 ND 11. Togapur ND ND ND ND 0.01 3.08 ND ND ND 12. Shethi ND ND ND 0.01 ND 1.58 0.07 0.05 ND Bore Well 13. Luwara ND ND 0.01 ND ND 1.00 0.02 0.07 0.01
ND : Not Detectable
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.31
Table 3.3.6
Water Quality – Bacteriological Parameters
(Winter 2011)
Sr. No.
Sampling Locations Total Coliform
Faecal Coliform
Bacterial Genus
Enterococci Vibrio Salmonella Shigella
CFU/100ml CFU/ml
Core Zone Surface Water Canal water
1. Near village Charetha 110 35 ND 3 2 ND
2. Near village Nogama 45 18 01 ND ND ND
Groundwater Handpump
3. Dungri 42 ND ND ND ND ND
4. Nani Naroli 65 ND ND ND ND ND
5. Near site area 30 ND ND ND ND ND
6. Wastan 85 17 ND ND ND ND 7. Surali 65 6 ND ND ND ND
Buffer Zone Handpump
8. Vasravi 70 19 ND 1 ND 1
9. Borigala 50 10 1 ND ND ND
10. Mangrol 90 15 ND ND ND 2
11. Togapur 85 22 3 ND ND ND 12. Shethi ND ND ND ND ND ND
Bore Well
13. Village Luwara 20 ND ND ND ND ND
ND : Not Detectable CFU : Colony Forming Unit
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.32
Table 3.3.7
Biological Parameters – Phytoplankton (Winter 2011)
Sr. No.
Sampling Locations Phytoplankton No/ml
% Composition of Algal Groups Shannon Wiener
Diversity Index Chloro-phyceae
Bascillario-phyceae
Cyno-phyceae
Core Zone Surface Water Canal water
1. Near village Charetha 480 20 45 35 2.93 2. Near village Nogama 624 42 31 27 3.28
Groundwater Handpump
3. Dungri Nil - - - - 4. Nani Naroli Nil - - - -
5. Near site area Nil - - - -
6. Wastan Nil - - - -
7. Surali Nil - - - -
Buffer Zone Handpump
8. Vasravi Nil - - - - 9. Borigala Nil - - - -
10. Mangrol Nil - - - -
11. Togapur Nil - - - -
12. Shethi Nil - - - - Bore Well
13. Luwara Nil - - - -
Ranges of Shannon Wiener Diversity Index <1: Indicate maximum impact of pollution or adverse factor 1-2: Indicate medium impact of pollution or adverse factor >2: Indicate lowest or no impact of pollution or adverse factor
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.33
Table 3.3.8
Phytoplankton Species Observed in Water Sample (Winter 2011)
Chlorophyceae Bacillariophyceae Cyanophyceae
Ankistrodesmus sp. Navicula sp. Oscillatoria sp. Chlorococcum sp Nitzschia sp. Gomphosphaeria sp. Scenedesmus sp. Cyclotella sp. Chlorella sp. Synedra sp. Cosmarium sp. Pinnularia sp. Closterium sp. Cymbella sp. Chlamydomonas sp.
Chapter 3 : Description of Environment
3.34
Table 3.3.9
Biological Parameters – Zooplankton (Winter 2011)
Sr. No.
Sampling Locations Total Zooplankton Count No/m3
% Composition of Algal Groups Shannon Wiener
Diversity Index Chloro-phyceae
Bascillario-phyceae
Cyno-phyceae
Core Zone Surface Water Canal water
1. Near village Charetha 769 50 30 20 2.44 2. Near village Nogama 1308 47 29 24 2.74
Groundwater Handpump
3. Dungri Nil - - - - 4. Nani Naroli Nil - - - - 5. Near site area Nil - - - - 6. Wastan Nil - - - - 7. Surali Nil - - - -
Buffer Zone 8. Vasravi Nil - - - - 9. Borigala Nil - - - - 10. Mangrol Nil - - - - 11. Togapur Nil - - - - 12. Shethi Nil - - - - Bore Well 13. Luwara Nil - - - -
Ranges of Shannon Wiener Diversity Index <1: Indicate maximum impact of pollution or adverse factor 1-2: Indicate medium impact of pollution or adverse factor >2: Indicate lowest or no impact of pollution or adverse factor
Table 3.3.10
Zooplankton Species Identified in Water Samples
(Winter 2011)
Rotifera Copepoda Cladocera
Keratella sp. Nauplius larva Daphnia sp.
Brachionus sp. Cyclops sp. Camptocercus sp.
Lecane sp.
3.4
depen
field d
opera
perma
surrou
liquid
land e
cover
etc. A
landus
chang
during
(pre-p
the pr
patter
charac
propo
3.4.1
under
area i
depict
per M
3.4.2
type.
annua
range
Land EThe impa
nd on type/c
developmen
tion. In suc
anent chang
unding land
and solid wa
environment
in surround
Accordingly
se/landcove
ges in landus
g normal op
project) statu
roject area,
rn has been
cteristics (p
sed project
Reconn
Agricultu
r agriculture
s covered w
ted in Plates
oEF guidelin
Climate
The clim
Hot summe
al rainfall var
The mea
between 26
Environmacts of any m
category of
nt require la
ch case the
ge in land-
due to pollu
astes as we
t also depen
ding area, ec
for assess
r of identifie
se pattern a
peration of p
us of land e
characteriz
done throug
hysical, che
site for land
naissance
ure is the m
. Main Khar
with vegetab
s 3.4.1-3.4.2
nes, an area
e and Rain
mate of the s
er commenc
ries between
an annual te
6 to 43OC an
ment major develo
proposed d
and acquisit
e impacts o
-use pattern
ution discha
ll as subseq
nd on sever
cological or
sment of i
ed project sit
nd the corre
proposed pr
environment
ation of soi
gh census re
emical and
environmen
ain source o
rif crops are
bles. Cotton
2. The majo
a of 15 km ra
fall
study area r
ces in the m
n 300 to 120
emperature v
nd winter tem
3.35
opmental pr
evelopment
tion/procurem
on land env
n as well
arge in the fo
quent urbaniz
ral factors lik
otherwise s
mpacts, it
te as well a
esponding im
roject depen
has been a
ls through f
ecord. The p
microbiologi
nt were stud
of occupatio
e cotton, jow
and Sugar
ority of the a
adius is used
ranging from
month of Ma
00 mm.
varies from 1
mperature be
Chapter 3 :
rojects on lan
. For examp
ment, site g
vironment w
as direct a
orm of flue
zation. The
ke the proje
sensitivity of
is pertinen
s surroundin
mpacts and a
nding on re
assessed th
field studies
pre-project s
ical) in the
ied.
on and more
war, maize,
cane field o
agricultural f
d for second
m arid to sem
rch and ext
12 to 43OC w
etween 12 to
Description of
nd environm
ple, the gra
grading/con
would be in
and indirect
gases, fugit
importance
ect location,
f the surroun
nt to study
ng area and
also the poll
equirement.
rough recon
s. The study
status with r
impact zon
e than 80 pe
tur and mu
observed in
field is clay
dary data.
mi and trop
tends to Ma
with summe
o 33OC.
the Environme
ment general
ss root/gree
struction an
the form o
t impacts o
tive emissio
of impacts o
landuse/lan
nding region
the curre
d the resultin
lution impac
The baselin
nnaissance
y of land us
respect to so
e around th
ercent land
ug. The sma
study area
in texture. A
ical monsoo
ay. The mea
r temperatur
ent
lly
en
nd
of
on
n,
on
nd
ns
nt
ng
cts
ne
in
se
oil
he
is
all
is
As
on
an
re
3.4.3
very d
and m
minera
3.4.4
within
3.4.4.
Table
come
crops.
perce
under
in Tab
land c
10 pe
perce
of land
3.4.4.2
study
area i
by tur
3.4.4.3
radial
Soil Typ
The soils
deep, well dr
moisture ret
alogy.
Baselin
Baseline
10 km radia
1 Landuse
Core Zo
Landuse
e 3.4.1 based
Agricultu
under unirr
. About 9 p
nt land is b
r the differen
Buffer Z
Landuse
ble 3.4.2 bas
Agricultu
come under
ercent crops
nt land is be
d under the
2 Croppin
Paddy, T
area. Paddy
s covered w
, soyabean a
3 Soil Cha
Seven (
distance. L
pe
s in the stud
rained and f
tention capa
ne Status
e data was
al distance fr
e Pattern
one Area
e Pattern in
d on census
ure is a majo
igated agric
percent land
belonged to
nt categories
Zone Area
e Pattern in
sed on cens
ure being a
unirrigated
s. About 7 p
elonged to a
different cat
ng Pattern
Tur, Maize,
y, Jowar, Co
with sugar ca
are grown in
aracteristics
7) villages s
ocation of t
y area are c
ine to mediu
acity due to
collected to
rom project
different vill
data.
or activities i
cultural land.
d is covered
culturable
s is depicted
different vill
us data.
major activi
agricultural
percent land
area not ava
tegories is d
Mung, Soya
otton, Soyab
ane which n
n the study a
s
samples we
hese village3.36
clayey, medi
um textured.
o clay cont
o assess lan
site.
ages falling
in study area
The irrigate
d with area
wasteland.
in Fig. 3.4.1
ages falling
ty in the vill
land. The i
d is covere
ailable for cu
epicted in F
abean and S
bean, Tur ar
eeds irrigati
area.
ere identified
es are depic
Chapter 3 :
um black so
In study are
tain, clay b
nduse/landc
within core
a and it is fo
ed agricultur
a not availab
The percen
1.
within Buffe
lage and it i
rrigated agr
d with cultu
ultivation. Th
ig. 3.4.2.
Sugarcane a
re grown in
ion. Jowar is
d from the s
cted in Fig. 3
Description of
oils. Domina
ea, soil havi
belong to m
cover of diffe
zone area
ound that 51
ral land cove
ble for culti
ntage distrib
er zone are
is found tha
ricultural lan
urable waste
he percentag
re prominen
the Kharif s
s the major
study area
3.4.2 and su
the Environme
ntly the soil
ng high wate
montmorilonit
erent village
is depicted
percent lan
er 34 perce
vation and
bution of lan
ea is depicte
at 78 perce
d cover on
e land and
ge distributio
nt crops of th
season. Som
crop followe
within 10 k
ummarized
ent
is
er
te
es
in
nd
nt
6
nd
ed
nt
nly
5
on
he
me
ed
m
in
Table
collec
Stand
particl
versio
such a
KR Bo
distille
determ
nitroge
by Ch
availa
and co
3.4.4.4
prope
in term
promi
area v
poros
1.22 t
49.82-
3.4.4.
param
excha
(ESP)
are pr
of soil
e 3.4.2 and
cted from the
ard methods
The Inte
le size anal
on based on
as bulk den
ox Method (K
The che
ed water in
mined by Wa
en was dete
hloro stanus
able potassiu
Heavy m
onc. HNO3 f
4 Physica
Air-dried
rties of soil.
ms of perce
nent textura
varies from
ity and wate
The soil
to 1.38 g/cm
-59.78 % an
5 Chemic
The colle
meters selec
ange capaci
), organic ca
resented in T
pH is an
l. It severally
project site
ese villages
s have been
rnational Pip
lysis. The te
United Stat
nsity, porosit
Keen and Ra
mical charac
ratio 1:2
alkley & Blac
ermined by
Reduced M
um was dete
metals in the
followed by a
al Properties
d and sieved
Soil charac
entage of sa
al in the imp
44.2 to 59.
er holding ca
being of fria
m3 whereas
nd 48.62-61.
al Propertie
ected soil sa
cted were pH
ity (CEC),
arbon conte
Tables 3.4.5
n important p
y affects the
e Represent
for estimatio
n followed fo
pette Method
extural diag
tes Departm
ty and water
aczkowski, 1
cteristics of
(as per Jac
ck method (
Kjeldhal me
Molybdo Pho
ermined by fl
e soil were
analysis on I
s of Soil
d samples
cteristics suc
and, silt and
pact zone (F.8%. The ph
apacity are p
able consiste
the porosity
38 % respec
es of Soil
amples were
H, electrical
exchangeab
nt, nutrient
5-3.4.9.
parameter w
e microbial p3.37
tative soil s
on of the phy
or the analys
d (Black, 19
ram was ge
ment of Agric
r holding ca
1921).
soil were de
ckson proce
(1972). Ferti
ethod and av
osphorus blu
lame photom
determined
ICP or AAS
have been
ch as the pa
d clay are p
Fig. 3.4.3). C
hysical char
resented in
ency, the bu
y and water
ctively.
e analyzed
conductivity
ble cations,
status and
which indicat
population a
Chapter 3 :
amples from
ysico-chemi
is of soil sam
64) was ado
enerated us
culture (USD
apacity were
etermined by
edure, 1967
lity status of
vailable pho
ue clour ‘o’ls
meter metho
by extractin
(APHA, 199
used for d
article size d
resented in
Clay conten
racteristics o
Table 3.4.4
lk density of
holding cap
for various
y, soluble an
exchangea
heavy meta
tive of the a
as well as th
Description of
m depth (0-
cal characte
mples.
opted for det
sing “SEE S
DA). Physica
e determined
y preparing
7). Organic
f soil in term
osphorus wa
sen’s metho
od (Jackson
ng soil with
95).
determination
istribution of
Table 3.4.3nt in the soil
of soils viz.
.
f the soil is in
pacity are in
chemical pr
nions and c
able sodium
als contain. T
alkaline and
he solubility
the Environme
-15 cm) wer
eristics of so
termination o
Soil Class 2
al paramete
d by followin
soil extract
carbon wa
ms of availab
as determine
od (1954) an
M.L. 1967).
conc. H2SO
n of physic
f impact zon
3. Clay is th
l of the stud
bulk densit
n the range o
the range o
roperties. Th
ations, catio
m percentag
These resul
acidic natur
of metal ion
ent
re
oil.
of
.0
rs
ng
in
as
le
ed
nd
O4
cal
ne
he
dy
ty,
of
of
he
on
ge
ts
re
ns
and re
alkalin
expres
extrac
analys
magne
meq/l
varies
as evi
41.06
calciu
magne
respec
1.62-1
was fo
form
betwe
relatio
prese
3.4.4.
prope
surfac
sampl
and 4
carbo
the av
soil is
egulates nu
ne in reactio
The solu
ssed in term
ct in the stu
sis shows th
The mos
esium has o
and 0.12 to
s from 0.31 t
In gener
ident from th
Cmol (P+)
m is prom
esium vary
ctively. Sod
1.89 cmol(P+
Exchang
ound to vary
may have d
een 4-10 ca
onship with
nted in Tabl
6 Nutrient
Organic
rties. It com
ce soils orga
Organic
les are found
3.41 to 101.
n content. D
vailable pota
presented i
utrient availa
n having pH
uble salts we
ms of electric
dy area is i
hat the soils a
st important
observed tha
o 0.26 meq/l
o 0.98 meq/
ral, the soil s
he cation ex
Kg-1 soil (Tinent follow
from 18.62
dium and po+) kg-1 of soi
geable sodiu
y from 3.8 to
deterious ef
an be consi
productivity
les 3.4.7-3.4
t Status of S
matter pre
monly accou
anic matter is
carbon an
d to be in th
.50 kg/ha re
Data indicate
assium pres
n Table 3.4.
ability. The
H is in the ran
ere determin
cal conductiv
in the range
are normal.
cations pre
at calcium a
respectively
/l and 0.01 to
samples in t
xchange cap
Table 3.4.6)
wed by ma
2-23.64 cmo
otassium ar
l respectivel
um percenta
o 4.3 (Table ffect on the
idered as s
y and adso
4.8.
Soil
esent in th
unts as one
s also respo
d available
e range of 0
spectively. S
es that soil
ent in the s
.9.
3.38
pH of the s
nge of 7.8 to
ned from so
vity (EC). Th
e of 0.23 to
esent in solu
nd magnesi
y (Table 3.4o 0.3 meq/l r
the study are
pacity which
). Amongst
gnesium. T
ol (P+) kg-1 a
re in the ra
y.
age (ESP) o
3.4.6). The
chemical a
satisfactory.
orption base
he soil influ
third or mor
nsible for sta
nitrogen, p
0.27 to 0.60 %
Soil samples
in the study
oil shows po
Chapter 3 :
soil in the s
o 8.3 (Table
oil extract (1:
he (Electrica
1.17 dS/m
uble slats in
um are in th
4.5). Wherea
respectively
ea has very
is found to
the differen
The concent
and 9.82-13
nge of 1.40
of the soil sa
presence of
and physica
The classif
ed on catio
uences its
re of the cat
ability of soil
phosphorous
% and 122.9
s are poor to
y area are p
oor fertility l
Description of
study area i
3.4.5).
:2). The solu
al Conductiv
(Table 3.4
the soil are
he range of
as Sodium a
.
high adsorp
be in the ra
nt exchange
trations of
3.06 cmol(P+
0-1.73 cmol
amples in th
f sodium in e
l properties
fication of s
on exchange
physical a
tion exchang
l aggregates
s and potas
9 to 341.2, 0
o medium le
oor to medi
evel. The fe
the Environme
s moderate
uble salts ar
ity) of the so
.5). Chemic
e calcium an
0.44 to 0.82
nd potassiu
ption capaci
nge of 33.49
eable cation
calcium an+) kg-1 of so
(P+) kg-1 an
he study are
exchangeab
of soil. ES
soil and the
e capacity
and chemic
ge capacity o
s.
ssium in so
0.779 to 6.18
vel in organ
um fertile b
ertility state
ent
ely
re
oil
cal
nd
27
m
ty
9-
s,
nd
oil
nd
ea
le
SP
eir
is
cal
of
oil
82
nic
ut
of
3.4.4.
negat
alumin
heavy
metals
in chlo
(Zn), L
Coppe
heavy
3.4.4.8
transfo
their
nutrie
microb
vital c
microo
fertility
norma
active
per gr
of soil
Rhizo
3.4.5
inform
an im
includ
7 Heavy M
The hea
ively charge
no silicates
y metals pol
s also create
orophyll con
Soil sam
Lead (Pb), N
er (Cu) and
y metals at p
8 Soil Mic
Soil orga
ormed into t
growth. Phy
nt status infl
Various
biological po
components
organisms a
Azotoba
y by fixing n
al soil. They
ely participat
ram of soil v
l samples w
bium (2x104
Remote
Remote
mation on va
mportant role
ing environm
Metal Conte
avy metals
ed soil partic
hydrated ox
lution is ser
es problems
tent.
mples were a
Nickel (Ni), C
their conce
proper pH en
crobiology
anisms play
their respec
ysical, chem
luence the m
ecological c
opulation. T
of soils and
are presente
ctor are non
itrogen in so
y are active
te in the pro
aried from 9
ere fungi (6x4 to 11x104 C
e Sensing
Sensing tec
rious natura
e in effectiv
ment.
ent in the So
occur in t
cle. They are
xide and hu
rious becau
s in the nutri
also analyse
Cadmium (C
entrations a
nhances the
y a key role
ctive inorgan
mical and p
microbial pop
cycles in th
The populatio
they help in
d in Table 3
n-symbiotic n
oil. Fungi als
e in initial s
ocess of so
9x106 to 22x
x104 to 18x1
CFU) and az
Studies
chnology has
al resources
ve mapping
3.39
oil
the solution
e held strong
umus. In ge
se it can pe
ent utilizatio
d for heavy
Cd), Cobalt (
re presente
microbial ac
e in nutrien
nic forms an
physico-chem
pulation.
e Rhizosph
on of bacte
n maintaining
3.4.11.
nitrogen fixin
so constitute
stages of de
il aggregatio
106 CFU. Di
104 CFU), ac
zotobacter (1
s emerged a
at different
and period
Chapter 3 :
n as cation
gly as comp
eneral adsor
ersist for ma
on in plant an
metals such
(Co), Manga
d in Table ctivity in soil.
nt transforma
d plants are
mical chara
ere zone of
ria fungi an
g their stabil
ng micro-org
an importan
ecompositio
on. Total via
ifferent micro
ctinomycete
1x104 to 11x
as a powerfu
levels of spa
dic monitori
Description of
s are abso
lex on the s
rption increa
any decade
nd also mar
h as Chromi
anese (Mn),
3.4.10. The
.
ation, organ
e able to abs
cteristics of
f the plant
nd actinomyc
lity. Charact
ganisms and
nt part of the
on of plant
able microb
oflroa obser
s (4x104 to
x104 CFU).
ul tool in prov
atial details,
ing of natur
the Environme
orbed by th
urface of cla
ases with pH
s. The heav
ked reductio
ium (Cr), Zin
Iron (Fe) an
e presence
nic forms ar
sorb them fo
f soil and i
depend upo
cetes are th
eristics of so
d improve so
e microflora o
residues an
ial populatio
rved per gra
11x104 CFU
viding reliab
it has playe
ral resource
ent
he
ay
H,
vy
on
nc
nd
of
re
or
ts
on
he
oil
oil
of
nd
on
m
U),
le
ed
es
sensin
improv
Data U
follow
73O 24
Metho
remot
LISS
The d
3) (0.
(Band
sizes,
Four
includ
With the a
ng applicatio
ved and com
Used
In order to
ing data co
4’00”E longit
A. ReIRS
Pa
Da
B. Co
Survey
odology Sa
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The spatia
tely sensed
III data offe
ata is collec
62-0.69μ), n
d 5) (1.55-1.7
colours, to
spectral ba
ing FCC ge
availability of
ons have b
mputer base
o strengthen
overing app
tude are use
emote sensiS P6 LISS II
ath - 094 Row
ated 07 Jan 2
ollateral data
y of India Top
lient feature
Acquisition
Data loadin
Data proce
Geo-refere
Rectificatio
Supervised
Ground Tru
Masking
al resolution
data are tw
rs spatial re
cted in four v
near Infrare
75μ) with or
ne and text
nds provide
eneration, ba
f high resolu
been identifi
d image pro
n the baselin
prox. 21O21’
ed.
ing data II Scene
w- 057
2003; CD fo
a
posheets be
es of Method
of Satellite
ng
essing
encing Image
on
d Classificati
uth / field ch
n and the s
wo important
esolution of
visible bands
ed (NIR) (Ba
bit repeat pe
ure of seve
e high degr
ands rationin
3.40
tion remote
ied, techniq
ocessing sys
ne informati
’37”N - 21O
ormat
earing No. 46
dology are gi
data
e
ion of Land u
ecks using G
spectral ban
t parameter
23.5 m with
s namely gre
and 4) (0.7
eriod of 24 d
ral geomorp
ree of meas
ng, classifica
Chapter 3 :
sensing dat
ues of data
stems have b
on on existO34’08”N lat
6G03 (1:50,0
ven below:
use /Land co
Global Posit
ds in which
rs for any la
the swath w
een (Band 2
7-0.89μ), S
days (three d
phic features
surability thr
ation etc. T
Description of
ta, newer are
a processing
become mor
ing land use
titude and
000 scale)
over
ioning Syste
h the senso
and use surv
width of 1
2) (0.52-0.59
hort wave i
days revisit).
s are visible
rough band
hese feature
the Environme
eas of remot
g have bee
re effective.
e pattern, th
73O03’00”E
em
r collects th
vey. IRS P
41 x 141 km
9μ), red (Ban
infrared ban
. The shape
e in IRS data
combinatio
es of the IR
ent
te
en
he
-
he
P6
m.
nd
nd
s,
a.
on
RS
data a
classe
on hig
functio
classif
proces
layout
studyi
study
accura
respo
the sc
used
param
trainin
Resu
denote
The la
mapp
six ma
major
•
are particula
es. Hence, I
The digita
gh-configure
ons necessa
fication etc.
ssing functio
t presentatio
The satell
ng quick loo
area is extra
Supervise
ately, the d
nses, which
1. Acq
2. Calc
3. Clas
The trainin
cene with bo
through the
meters of tra
ng sets and c
ults
Land use
es the veg
and use / lan
ing different
ajor land us
classes at l
Built up laagricultura
utilities in a
arly importan
IRS P6 LISS
al image pro
ed computer
ary for pre-p
. Apart from
ons that can
on.
lite data fro
oks (the sam
acted.
d classifica
different lan
involve the
quisition of g
culation of th
ssification us
ng areas fo
ordering pixe
e scene for
aining sets,
creating new
refers to ma
getation co
nd cover cla
t agro-climat
se classes a
evel I was fu
and: It is de
al use and th
association
nt for better
S-III data has
ocessing wa
. This softw
rocessing, re
m contrast
n be perform
om the com
mpled image
ation using
nd use clas
following thr
round truth
he statistics
sing maximu
r classificati
els excluded
r similar lan
the training
w ones.
an’s activities
ver, water
ssification sy
tic zones ha
at level I an
urther enunc
fined as an
hat which ha
with water, v
3.41
comprehen
s been used
s performed
are package
ectification,
stretching,
med on this
mpact disc i
e of the app
all the sp
sses at lev
ree steps:
of training a
um likelihood
ion were ho
d in process
nd use clas
areas were
s on land, ut
body cove
ystem stand
as been ado
nd twenty-eig
ciated in the
area of hum
as a cover o
vegetation a
Chapter 3 :
sion and de
d for land use
d on PCI GE
e is a collec
band combi
there are l
station. Arc
s loaded o
propriate are
pectral ban
el II on th
area
d algorithm
omogeneous
sing. Severa
sses. After
e rectified b
tilitarian in na
er and arti
dardized by
opted. This
ght at level
following six
man habitatio
f buildings, t
and vacant la
Description of
elineation of
e mapping.
EOMATICA
ction of imag
nation, filter
arge numbe
Map 10 is
n the hard
ea); the sub
nds can se
e basis of
s, well sprea
l training se
evaluating t
by deleting n
ature where
ificial const
Department
classification
II (Table 3x categories
on develope
transport, co
ands.
the Environme
the land us
10.2 Syste
ge processin
ring, statistic
ers of imag
used for fin
disk and b
-scene of th
eparate fair
the spectr
ad througho
ets have bee
the statistic
no congruou
as land cove
tructions et
of Space, fo
n system ha
.4.2). The s
s:
d due to non
ommunicatio
ent
se
m
ng
cs,
ge
al
by
he
rly
ral
ut
en
cal
us
er
tc.
or
as
six
n-
on
•
•
•
•
below
Buffe
Plate
Image
Tahsil
shrub
and s
terrain
also d
Plate
variou
to var
area.
land.
Veget
Land withuplands or
degradatio
Fallow lanbut is tem
less than
crops at th
Dense Ev
and dense
year. It inc
evergreen
predomina
Water bodlakes.
Land use
w using the a
er Zone (5-
e 3.4.3
Plate I de
e showing 3
l, Surat Dis
,) appears re
ize are used
n. The Built-
depicted in th
e 3.4.4
It is the co
us classes in
rious classe
The land us
Water bod
tation cover
h or withour high groun
on or erosion
nd: It is des
mporarily allo
one year. T
he time when
vergreen Fo
e canopy of
cludes both
forest is a m
ate
dies: Area
/ land cover
bove classif
10 Km Rad
epict the fal
314 sq. Km
trict, Gujara
ed, water bo
d to interpre
up area visi
he imagery b
olour-coded
n the study a
es as given
se / land co
dy (lakes /
4.08% is as
ut scrub: T
nds with or w
n. These exc
scribed as a
owed to res
These lands
n the imager
orest: It is d
tall trees, w
coniferous a
mixture of b
persistently
r distribution
fication syste
dius)
se colour c
study area
at. In the im
odies as blue
et the image
ble clearly w
by its white c
output of su
area around
in legend.
over classific
ponds/ Rive
ssigned by g
3.42
They occupy
without scrub
clude hilly an
agricultural la
t un-croppe
are particul
ry is taken o
described a
which predom
and tropical
oth deciduo
covered by
n in the stud
em and digit
composite o
Buffer Zone
mage, vegeta
e. Attributes
e visually. M
which reflect
colour.
upervised cl
project site
Six differen
cation indica
er) is indica
green colour
Chapter 3 :
y (relatively
b. These lan
nd mountain
and which i
d for one o
larly those w
of both seaso
s a forest, w
minantly rem
broad-leave
us and ever
y water such
dy area has
tal analysis t
of LISS III s
e. Near Nan
ation (dense
s such as co
orphologica
t bluish colo
lassification
e. In this ima
t classes a
ates 39.10%
ated by blue
r. The Fallow
Description of
y) higher top
ds are gene
nous terrain.
s taken up
or more seas
which are se
ons.
which comp
main green th
ed evergreen
rgreen trees
h as river an
been estima
techniques.
sensors, IRS
ni Naruli Vil
e vegetation
olour, tone, te
lly the area
ur in FCC. B
with colours
age, colours
re identified
% area cove
e colour sho
w land spre
the Environme
pography lik
erally prone t
for cultivatio
sons, but n
een devoid o
prises of thic
hroughout th
n trees. Sem
but the latte
nd Reservo
ated as give
S P6 satellit
lage Mangr
n, vegetatio
exture, shap
is a elevate
Barren land
s assigned t
are assigne
d within stud
ered by wast
owing 2.03%
ad in 16.42%
ent
ke
to
on
ot
of
ck
he
mi-
er
ir,
en
te rol
n,
pe
ed
is
to
ed
dy
te
%.
%
of the
Land)
distrib
Land,
Core
Plate
Image
Tahsil
shrub
and s
terrain
also d
Plate
variou
to var
area.
land.
Veget
of the
Land)
distrib
Land,
e area and a
covered 2.6
Review of
buted mainly
Built-up lan
Zone (0-5
e 3.4.5
Plate III d
e showing 7
l, Surat Dis
,) appears re
ize are used
n. The Built-
depicted in th
e 3.4.6
It is the co
us classes in
rious classe
The land us
Water bod
tation cover
e area and a
covered 3.1
Review of
buted mainly
Built-up lan
assigned by
66% shows
f plate II a
y over six ca
d and veget
Km Radiu
depict the fa
78.05 sq. km
trict, Gujara
ed, water bo
d to interpre
up area visi
he imagery b
olour-coded
n the study a
es as given
se / land co
dy (lakes /
19.70% is a
assigned by
12% shows
f plate IV a
y over six ca
d, vegetatio
y the orange
in red colour
and Table 3tegories tha
tation.
us)
alse colour c
m study area
at. In the im
odies as blue
et the image
ble clearly w
by its white c
output of su
area around
in legend.
over classific
ponds/ Rive
assigned by
y the orange
in red colour
and Table tegories tha
n
3.43
e colour wh
r.
3.4.3 indica
at is Fallow la
composite o
a Core Zon
mage, vegeta
e. Attributes
e visually. M
which reflect
colour.
upervised cl
project site
Six differen
cation indica
er) is indica
green colou
e colour wh
r.
3.4.3 indica
at is Fallow la
Chapter 3 :
hile human s
ate that the
and, Water b
of LISS III s
e. Near Nan
ation (dense
s such as co
orphologica
t bluish colo
lassification
e. In this ima
t classes a
ates 11.78%
ated by blue
ur. The Fallo
hile human s
ate that the
and, Water b
Description of
settlement a
land use/l
bodies, Was
sensors, IRS
ni Naruli Vil
e vegetation
olour, tone, te
lly the area
ur in FCC. B
with colours
age, colours
re identified
% area cove
e colour sho
ow land spre
settlement a
e land use/l
bodies, Was
the Environme
area (Built u
and cover
ste land, Cro
S P6 satellit
llage Mangr
n, vegetatio
exture, shap
is a elevate
Barren land
s assigned t
are assigne
d within stud
ered by wast
owing 3.00%
ead in 29.85%
area (Built u
and cover
ste land, Cro
ent
up
is
op
te rol
n,
pe
ed
is
to
ed
dy
te
%.
%
up
is
op
Pla
Plate 3.4.1
ate 3.4.2 : S
: Cotton f
Sugar can
3.44
field obser
e field obs
Chapter 3 :
rved in stud
served in s
Description of
dy area
study area
the Environme
ent
Platee 3.4.3 : FCC of Study
3.45
Area Buffe
Chapter 3 :
r Zone (10 K
Description of
Km Radius)
the Environme
)
ent
Pl
ate 3.4.4 : LLand Use LLand Cover
3.46
of Study Ar
Chapter 3 :
rea Buffer Z
Description of
Zone (10 Km
the Environme
m Radius)
ent
Plat
te 3.4.5 : FC
CC of Study
3.47
y Area Core
Chapter 3 :
Zone (05 K
Description of
Km Radius)
the Environme
ent
Plate 3.4.6 : LLand Use LLand Cover
3.48
Of Study A
Chapter 3 :
rea Core Zo
Description of
one (05 Km
the Environme
m Radius)
ent
Fig.
Fig. 3
3.4.1 : Lan
3.4.2 : Land
Unirrigated51%
Culturable Waste land
6%
CultuWast
7
nd Use Patt
d Use Patte
d
Area not available for cultivation
9%
Landuse P
urable te land7%
Landuse
3.49
tern of Cor
ern of Buff
Fore0%
Irr
attern of Co
Irrigated 10%
Unirrigate78%
Aavc
Pattern of B
Chapter 3 :
re Zone in
fer Zone in
st %
rigated 34%
ore Zone
ed
Area not vailable for ultivation
5%
uffer Zone
Description of
Study Are
n Study Are
Forest 0%
the Environme
ea
ea
ent
F
Tadke
Panetha Shethi
Fig. 3.4.3 :
Ushk
eshwar
Asodla
Noga
Soil Samp
ker Ramkund
Nani Naroli
Surama
Luwara
3.50
pling Locat
Dharampu
Togapur
Dun
Charetha
Wastan
rali
Mo M
A
B
C
D
Chapter 3 :
tion in Stu
ur
ngri Borsad
Shah
Bo
ota Miya Mangrol
5 km
Jhanka
Description of
dy Area
Vasravi
origala
Tuk
10
arda
the Environme
ked
km
N
ent
N
Fig. 3
Fig
3.4.4 : Tex
. 3.4.5 : Tex
xture Diagr
xture Diagra
3.51
am of Stud
am of Study
Chapter 3 :
dy Area for
y Area for B
Description of
r Core Zon
Buffer Zone
the Environme
ne
ent
Sr. No. Core Zo1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Buffer Z7. 8. 9.
Name of Village
one (1-5km) Jankharda Shah Dungri Surali Nani Naroli Dharampur
Zone(5-10km)Mangrol Tuked Panetha
Sr. N
Co1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Bu9.
10
11
La
Total area of Village
415.35 779.72 348.63
1118.31 1794.91 239.35
901.72
1472.59 549.49
Na
No. V
ore Zone (1- P
Bo
S
Ja
S
D
N
D
uffer Zone ( M
0. Tu
1. P
Ta
and Use Pa
Forest Area
Ir
- - - - 8- 11-
- - - 1
Ta
ame of the
illages
-5km) roject Site
orsad
urali
ankharda
hah
ungri
ani Naroli
harampur
(5-10km) Mangrol
uked
anetha
3.52
able 3.4.1
attern (in H
rrigated Area
Un-iA
6.00 3- 6
55.15 2849.27 1
37.46 130.32 1
26.00 752.00 185.00 2
able 3.4.2
e Villages S Distanc
3
3
3
4
2
3
4
8
7
9
Chapter 3 :
Hectares)
irrigated Area
CuWa
381.67 605.47 226.48 132.94 188.34 192.15
706.31 131287.6 30274.17 51
Surveyed
e
-
3.5
3.5
3.3
4.0
2.0
3.2
4.0
8.0
7.0
9.6
Description of
ulturable aste Land
A
14.44 74.24 66.90 16.03 58.67 1.70
37.87 0.60 1.94
Direction
-
ESE
WNW
-
NNE
SEE
SW
SSE
NNE
ESE
WNW
the Environme
rea not availabfor cultivation
13.24 100.01
0.10 120.07 410.44
15.18
31.54 22.26 38.38
ent
ble
SN
C12345678
B911
Sr. No.
SamplinLocatio
Core Zone (1-. Project
2. Borsad 3. Surali 4. Jankha5. Shah 6. Dungri 7. Nani Na8. Dharam
Buffer Zone (9. Mangro0. Tuked1. Panetha
Sr. No.
Sam
Core Zone 1. Proj2. Bors3. Sura4. Jan5. Sha6. Dun7. Nan8. Dha
Buffer Zone9. Man10. Tuk11. Pan
ng ns
-5km) Site
rda
aroli mpur
(5-10km) ol
a
Ph
mpling Locatio
(1-5 km) ject Site sad ali kharda
ah ngri ni Naroli arampur
e (5-10 Km) ngrol ed
netha
Ta
Textura
P
Coarse Sa
1.83 1.59 3.25 1.89 2.17 1.43 1.86 3.12
5.24 3.00 2.63
Ta
hysical Cha
ons Bulk
(g
3.53
able 3.4.3
al Class of
article size D
and Fine S
20.58.49.7
12.69.0
11.38.46.4
2.32.04.0
able 3.4.4
aracteristic
k Density
gm/cm3)
1.29 1.38 1.29 1.32 1.38 1.28 1.33 1.33
1.27 1.30 1.22
Chapter 3 :
Soil
istribution (%
Sand Silt
57 33.4340 40.2174 37.4162 32.6206 28.9332 32.1843 36.7247 44.01
37 41.1906 40.3404 44.93
cs of Soil
Porosity
(%)
56.72 52.78 50.22 52.16 54.68 50.92 49.82 51.68
59.78 55.28 56.27
Description of
%)
Clay
3 44.2 1 49.8 1 49.6 2 52.9 3 59.8 8 55.1 2 53.0 1 46.4
9 51.2 4 54.6 3 48.4
Water HoCapac
(%)
52.755.258.148.6256.1852.7851.1657.28
60.3861.3859.33
the Environme
Textural Class
Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay
Clay Clay Clay
olding city
1 1 1 2 8 8 6 8
8 8 3
ent
Sr. No.
Core1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Buffe9. 10. 11.
SrNo
Co1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.
Bu9.1011
ND
Sampling Locations
e Zone (1-5 kProject SiteBorsad Surali Jankharda Shah Dungri Nani NaroliDharampur
er Zone (5-10Mangrol Tuked Panetha
r. o.
SamplLocatio
ore Zone (1 Projec Borsad Surali Jankha Shah Dungr Nani N Dhara
uffer Zone ( Mangr
0. Tuked1. Paneth
D : Not Detec
Chemi
pH
m) e 8.3
8.2 8.3 8.2 8.2 8.3
i 8.1 r 8.0
0 Km) 7.8 7.9 8.1
Cat
ling ons
-5 km) ct Site d
arda
ri Naroli mpur
(5-10 Km) rol ha cted
Tacal Charac
EC dS/m
1.17 0.23 0.32 0.28 0.36 0.32 0.68 0.24
0.61 0.35 0.34
Tation Excha
Ca++ M
18.62 122.08 120.84 118.62 121.38 923.16 122.42 119.12 1
22.41 123.64 120.09 1
3.54
able 3.4.5cteristics o
Calcium
0.827 0.627 0.641 0.712 0.826 0.687 0.726 0.441
0.652 0.630 0.754
able 3.4.6ange Capac
Mg++ Ncmol (
0.52 1.42.18 1.2.16 1.2.61 1.
9.82 1.1.64 1.42.32 1.1.60 1.4
2.19 1.43.06 1.2.11 1.
Chapter 3 :
of Soil Extr
Magnesium
me
0.24 0.12 0.13 0.16 0.21 0.18 0.26 0.13
0.13 0.12 0.14
city of Soil
Na+ K+
(p+) kg-1
44 1.8159 1.7861 1.8132 1.8961 1.7248 1.6873 1.8240 1.70
46 1.6260 1.6550 1.75
Description of
ract
Sodium
e/l
0.8 0.4 0.76 0.64 0.72 0.56 0.48 0.95
0.31 0.49 0.98
l + CEC
1 33.49 8 37.76 1 37.52 9 38.42 2 36.78 8 40.26 2 34.57 0 35.02
2 38.84 5 41.06 5 36.62
the Environme
Potassium
0.3 0.3 0.01 0.26 0.32 0.18 0.09 0.04
0.18 0.09 0.09
ESP (%)
4.3 4.2 4.3 4.1 4.1 4.2 4.1 4.0
3.8 3.9 4.1
ent
CE
Ve
Low
Mo
Hig
CE
Lim
Mo
Hig
Ve
EC
ery low
w
oderate
gh
EC
mited to Low
oderate
gh
ery High
Relat
Range (c
Relati
Range (c
w
Ta
ionship of
cmol (p+) kg
<10
10-20
20-50
>50
Ta
ionship of
cmol (p+) kg-
<10
10-20
20-30
>30
3.55
able 3.4.7
CEC with
g-1) Pro
Ve
Lo
M
Hi
able 3.4.8
CEC with
-1) Ad
Limite
Mode
High
Very
Chapter 3 :
Productiv
oductivity
ery low
ow
oderate
igh
Adsorptiv
sorptivity
ed to Low
erate
high
Description of
ity
Location
1 to
ity
Location
1 to 11
the Environme
Sr. Nos.
o 11
n Sr. Nos.
ent
Sr.
C1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B9
1
1
No. Samp
Core Zone (1. Proje
2. Borsa
3. Sural
4. Jankh
5. Shah
6. Dung
7. Nani
8. Dhara
Buffer Zone 9. Mang
0. Tuked
1. Pane
Level Level Level
Fertil
pling Locatio
1-5 km) ect Site
ad
li
harda
h
gri
Naroli
ampur
(5-10 Km) grol
d
etha
l in poor soil
l in medium
l in fertile so
Ta
lity Status
ons Organ
(
0
0
0
0
0
0
soil 0.
il >
3.56
able 3.4.9
of Soils in
nic Carbon
(%)
0.27
0.39
0.60
0.42
0.38
0.46
0.52
0.35
0.45
0.51
0.38
<0.5
.5-0.75
>0.75
Chapter 3 :
n Study Are
N
122.9
275.9
286.0
289.2
276.8
273.2
272.4
180.2
297.3
341.2
253.4
<280
280-560
>560.0
Description of
ea
P2O5
Kg/ha.
1.309
6.182
4.025
1.632
1.942
3.436
4.217
3.096
2.62
0.779
1.369
<10
10-25
>25
the Environme
K2O
43.41
73.92
101.50
62.58
78.92
43.63
82.92
86.06
89.03
76.52
82.85
<110
110-280
>280
ent
Sr. No.
SaLo
Core Zo
1. Pr
2. Bo
3. Su
4. Ja
5. Sh
6. Du
7. Na
8. Dh
Buffer Z
9. Ma
10. Tu
11. Pa
ND : Not D
ampling ocations
one (1-5 km)
roject Site
orsad
urali
ankharda
hah
ungri
ani Naroli
harampur
Zone (5-10 K
angrol
uked
anetha
Detectable
Cd
)
1.3 3
1.7 4
1.8 1
1.6 6
1.1 3
1.8 8
1.3 4
1.5 2
Km)
1.1 3
1.5 6
1.6 6
Ta
Heavy
Cr Co
33.5 47.6
40.6 39.2
01.0 71.5
62.5 38.4
32.4 26.9
82.6 31.7
42.6 62.4
24.7 39.0
38.9 42.1
67.0 44.1
65.9 25.3
3.57
able 3.4.10
Metals in S
Cu
6 106.7
2 95.5
5 224.4
4 124.2
9 89.6
7 118.3
4 122.4
0 105.1
1 188.8
1 124.5
3 110.7
Chapter 3 :
Soil
Fe
mg/kg
3281.5 1
3256.5 8
3350.5 1
3167.5 2
3448.2 1
3248.5 2
3673.4 3
3250.5 9
3304.5 1
3271.5 1
3249.5 8
Description of
Mn Ni
154 67.1
8509 62.1
484 139.7
2416 68.1
892 72.3
2843 59.8
3262 62.3
9035 63.6
161 69.2
402 85.7
8477 79.6
the Environme
Pb Z
ND 12
ND 10
7 ND 19
ND 11
ND 17
ND 21
ND 14
ND 12
ND 13
ND 10
ND 11
ent
Zn
27.7
06.7
99.5
12.6
72.4
16.3
43.4
28.7
38.5
01.7
17.7
Sr. No.
Core
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Buffe
9.
10.
11.
TVC: TCFU: C
Sampling Locations
Zone (1-5 k
Project Site
Borsad
Surali
Jankharda
Shah
Dungri
Nani Naroli
Dharampur
r Zone (5-10
Mangrol
Tuked
Panetha
Total Viable CColony Formi
Micro
TVC
km)
14x106
9x106
11x106
7 x106
12 x106
8 x106
14 x106
22x106
0 Km)
20x106
17x106
21x106
Count ng Unit
Ta
obiological
Fungi
6 8x104
7x104
6 6x104
6 x104
6 8 x104
5 x104
6 8 x104
6 15x104
6 18x104
6 10x104
6 11x104
3.58
able 3.4.11
Character Actinomy
C
6x10
4x10
4x10
6 x1
4 x1
4 x1
4 x14 8x10
4 11x14 7x104 9x10
Chapter 3 :
ristics of S
ycetes R
CFU/g
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
104
04
04
Description of
Soil
hizobium
5x104
3x104
2x104
6 x104
4 x104
2 x104
6 x104
11x104
9x104
5x104
10x104
the Environme
Azotobacte
5x104
1x104
5x104
5 x104
2 x104
1 x104
4 x104
9x104
10x104
11x104
9x104
ent
er
Sr. 1
2
3
4
5
6
No. Leve1. Built-
2. Agric
3. Fores
4. Wast
5. Wate
6. Other
Land use
el - I up Land
ultural Land
st
eland
er bodies
rs
Tab
e/Land Cov
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.6
5.1
5.2
5.3
6.1
6.2
6.3
3.59
ble 3.4.12
ver Classif
Level –
1 Built-up
2 Road
3 Railway
1 Crop lan
2 Fallow (
1 Evergree
2 Deciduo
3 Degrade
4 Forest b
5 Forest p
6 Mangrov
7 Cropland
1 Salt affe
2 Waterlog
3 Marshy/
4 Gullied/R
5 Land wit
6 Sandy a
6 Barren r
1 River/St
2 Lake/Re
3 Tank/Ca
1 Grasslan
2 Shifting
3 Snow co
Chapter 3 :
fication Sy
II land
nd
Residual)
en/Semi-eve
ous forest
ed/Scrub lan
blank
plantation
ve
d in forest
ected land
gged land
/Swampy lan
Ravenous la
th or without
area (coastal
rocky/Stony
ream
eservoir
anal
nd/Grazing l
cultivation
over/Glacial
Description of
ystem
ergreen fore
nd
nd
and
t scrub
l and desert
Waste/shee
land
area
the Environme
est
)
etrock area
ent
4
Inv
Sr. No.
Landuclasse
1. Fallow
2. Crop L
3. Built U
4. Waste
5. Veget
6. Water
Total
ventory of
use/ Landcoves
w Land
Land
Up
e Land
ation
r Body
Tab
f Land use
ver 10
Area(Sq. K
51.7
112.
1.9
133.
12.8
1.9
314.
3.60
ble 3.4.13
/ Land cov
Km Radius
a in Km.)
Are(%
71 16
.43 35
90 2.
.22 39
80 4.
94 2.
.00 100
Chapter 3 :
ver (10 Km
ea in %)
Ar(Sq
.42 56
.71 4
66 2
.10 12
08 3
03 4
0.00 15
Description of
m Radius)
5 Km Rad
rea in q. Km.)
A
6.54 2
9.33 3
2.68
2.65
1.09
4.71
57.00 1
the Environme
dius
Area in (%)
29.85
32.55
3.12
11.78
19.70
3.00
100.00
ent
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.61
3.5 Biological Environment
3.5.1 Introduction
In view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity,
study of biological environment is one of the most important components for
environmental impact assement. Ecological system shows inter relationship between
biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic
components comprises of both plants and animal communities, which interact not only
within and between them but also with the abiotic components viz, physical and chemical
component of the environment.
Generally biological communities are the indicator of climatic conditions.
Biological communities are dependent on environmental condition and resource of its
distribution and survival .It may change if there is change in the environmental variables
like temperature, humidity, rainfall, soil characteristics, topography etc. responcible for
maintaining the homeostasis of the environment .
The species of flora and fauna in the environment are organized into natural
communities with mutual dependencies and show various responces and sensitivies to
anthropogenic influences. The changes in biotic community are studied in the pattern of
distribution, abundance and diversity.
3.5.2 Study Area
The proposed Plant of Surat lignite Power Project Station is at Village Nani
Naroli Taluka Mangrol, District Surat, Gujarat (GIPCL). The study area comprises of
10 km radius around the proposed project site. The vegetation mostly comprises of open
scrub vegetation. Prosopis juliflora (Jangali Babul) is observed to be dominant in the core
zone and buffer zone of study area. Some portion of the study area is occupied by
agricultural field, social forestry and limited natural vegetation. The study area have no
forest land. The Umarpara Forest is 50 km away from the Project site. Agricultural
activities are also undertaken in the nearby villages.
During the survey it was observed that there is no National Park/Sanctuary,
Elephant/Tiger reserve area within 25 km from the project site.
Total 11 sampling locations were randomly selected for study covering the core
zone and buffer zone on biological environment based on topography, vegetation
structure, pattern and distribution. The map of sampling locations showing core and buffer
zone are shown in Fig. 3.5.1 and the list of sampling locations given in Table 3.5.1. The
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.62
observations were taken from different villages along agricultural field, riverside
vegetation and built up land according to the objectives delineated for Environmental
Impact Assessment studies.
3.5.3 Ecological Status
The weather of study area is tropical, semi-arid and warm. Monsoon is irregular
and erratic. Average annual rainfall is between 1000 mm to 1100 mm. The minimum
temperature recorded is 6.5OC whereas the maximum temperature recorded was 46OC.
Weather on the whole is healthy and dry. Summer season begins at the end of March.
Generally the soil is black cotton type with varying properties of loam. Soil
towards western parts is of sandy loam merging with pure sand or coastal border. In the
hilly area the soil is generally shallow and poor. In valley and in some cases on plains the
soil is deep and fertile.
3.5.4 Survey Methodology
The study area is dominated by open scrub vegetation. The dominant trees are
Prosopis juliflora and the other tree are Acacia nilotica, Acacia catechu, Ziziphus
mauritiana, Phoenix sylvestris, Nerium odorum, Tamarindus indica, Azadirachta indica,
Casuarina equisetifolia, Eucalyptus sp. Drum stick along with the agricultural field. The
field observation on vegetation was made by surveying different locations. The sampling
location were randamly selected. The information was collected by visual observations
and discussion with the villagers. The secondary data related to this region was also
obtained from District Forest Department, District Fisheries Department, District
Agricultural Department, Social Forestry Division and District Horticulture Department.
Fauna
The assessment of wild life fauna was carried out by field observation, enquiring
with local people and on the basis of secondary data collected from different government
offices like District Forest office, Agriculture Department.
Avifauna
Field observations of avifauna in the study area were carried out during winter
seasons. The roadside counts of birds were undertaken following standard procedures by
traversing a given distance in which designated sampling areas occur. The milometer of
the vehicle was used to measure the stretch of the study area. Birds were studied by
direct observation with the help of Nikon 50 binocular and were identified by consulting
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.63
the available literature. The field data were collected by walking through the sampling
sites and also the different locations in study area. The birds were identified with the help
of standard book. (Ref: The books of Indian Birds by Salim Ali)
3.5.5 Floristic diversity Of the Study Area
According to the Forest Working Plan of Surat District, the vegetation in study
area falls under tropical thorny forest as per Champion and Seth.
The most dominant trees in this region are Prosopis juliflora and other tree
species found in this area are Acacia nilotica, Ficus religiosa, Delonix regia, Tamarindus
indica, Syzygium cumini, Azadirachta indica, Moringa oleifera (Drumstick) Casuarina
equisetifolia, Bougainvillea sp., Ficus benghalensis, Ziziphus mauritiana and Phoenix
sylvestris.
According to the Forest working plan of Surat District 187 plant species were
recorded which consist of 93 tree, 52 herbs and shrubs and 18 climber , 2 Bomboo and
22 Grasses The list of plant species (trees, shrubs, herbs, grasses and climbers) within
the study area as reported by District Forest Department of Surat is depicted in Table 3.5.2 and the list of fauna recorded from forest department is shown in Table 3.5.3
respectively.
The most common and valuable natural species found in study area are
Azadirachta indica, Syzygium cumini, Ficus bengalensis, Ficus religiosa, Tectona
grandis, Delonix regia, Eucalyptus sp.,Tamarindus indica. Azadirachta indica, Casuarina
equisetifolia, Prosopis juliflora, Acacia nilotica, Ficus benghalensis etc. are the plant
species which were mostly observed on roadside.
3.5.6 Floristic Structure and Composition the Study Area
Core Zone
The floristic structure and species composition in core zone of study area is
mainly dominated by open scrub vegetation. Most of the land is occupied by agricultural
field. The most dominant trees are Prosopis juliflora (Plate 3.5.1). Other trees observed in
and around the villages are Acacia sp., Zizyphus sp. Azadirachta indica, Ficus
benghalensis, Ziziphus mauritiana, Tamarindus indica, Mangifera indica, Phoenix
sylvestris, Calotropis procera, Moringa oleifera, Bougainvillea sp., Syzygium cumini,
Casuarina equisetifolia and Eucalyptus sp.
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.64
Buffer Zone
The floristic structure and species composition in buffer zone of study area is
also dominated by open scrub vegetation. Dominant trees are Prosopis juliflora, Cocos
nucifera, Casuarina equisetifolia, Anogeissus latifolia, Prosopis juliflora, Acacia nilotica,
Eucalyptus sp., Aegle marmelos, Azadirachta indica and Areca catechu, Cassia siamea,
Butea monosperma, Ailanthus excelsa, Albizia lebbeck and Albizia procera.
Most dominant shrubs are Calotropis procera, Ricinus communis, Agave
americana, Tephrosia purpurea and Lantana camara. In case of herbs, Vernonia cinerea,
Tridax procumbens, Cynodon dactylon are common.
The aquatic plant Nelumbo sp. observed near nana nagma village pond is
shown in Plate 3.5.2 and Euphorbia caducifolia is shown in Plate 3.5.3.
The study area shows sparse occurrence of medicinal plants. The common
medicinal flora in the study area consists of Aegle marmelos (bel), Azadirachta indica
(neem), Calotropis procera, Moringa oleifera (Drumstick), Ficus benghalensis, Mangifera
indica, Euphorbia species, Sida cordata etc. are the dominant plant observed in region.
Regeneration of trees is poor as compared to herbs and shrubs in the study
area except for Acacia sp., Cassia sp., Caesalpinia sp and Prosopis sp. The density and
composition of vegetation hardly changes with change in locations.
3.5.7 Medicinal Plants
The conservation of medicinal plants means every species of plants in its actual
habit should be protected and preserved. Conservation of biodiversity is a national and
international agenda. Because of continuous exploitation of medicinal plants from their
natural habitats, it is required to replant and regenerate them in other areas having similar
habitat or environment. Due to over exploitation of natural resources many plant species
have become extinct from the world.
The common species observed having some medicinal properties are Vitex
negundo, Aegle marmelos, Azadirachta indica, Butea monosperma, Ficus species,
Syzygium cumini, Tamarindus indica, Madhuca indica, Ocimum species, Moringa oleifera
(Drumstick), Emblica species, Terminalia Arjuna, Mangifera indica, Ziziphus rugosa etc.
List of medicinal plant species is depicted in Table 3.5.4.
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.65
3.5.8 Threatened Plant Species
No threatened plant species have been recorded in the study area.
3.5.9 Social Foresty
The main aim of Social Forestry Department is to increase the
plantation and to motivate the people for planting trees and to provide the source of
daily income for grazing.
Social Foresrty Division of Surat district has carried out plantations in few
areas along the roadside of villages is shown is Plate 3.5.4 and also see Annexure III. Various schemes have been started to develop village forest, fuel wood resources
and rehabilitation of degraded forest land.
Trees species used in social forestry are all local and native species and fruit
tree. Some of the species recorded in that area are Azadirachta indica Eucalyptus,
Ficus religiousa, Syzygium cumini, Tamarindus indica, Ficus bengalensis, Tectona
grandis, Casuriana equsetifolia,.Delonix regia, Acacia auriculiformis, Dalbergia sissoo,
Moringa oleifera, Vitex nigundo, Terminalia arjuna and Acacia catechu, Psidium guajava.
List of plant species planted by Social Forestry Department is shown in Table 3.5.5.
3.5.10 Agriculture
The agricultural fields are interrupted by pastures, fallows and waste land. The
main crops observed in the study area are Sugarcane (Plate 3.5.5), Cotton (Plate 3.5.6), Wheat, Groundnut, Castor, Greengram, Bajra, and Mustard Mung (Vigna mungo).The
crops grown are Bajari, Jowar, Moong, etc. Major crops grown in the area are Bajra
(Pennisetum typhoides), jowar (Sorghum species), Til (Sessamum), Cotton (Gossipium
species) Soyabean (Glycine max). Production and productivity of agricultural crops of
Surat district in rabi-summer season (2010-11) and kharif season (2010-11) are given in
Tables 3.5.6-3.5.7.
The data of annual rainfall of Surat district is given in Table 3.5.8.
3.5.10.1 Horticulture
Plantation and Horticulture is an important segment of agriculture that helps in
acceleration of economic development in Surat district. The estimated total production
and productivity of horticultural crops in the Surat district was shown in Table 3.5.9.
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.66
Commonly grown horticultural plants are Guava, Mango, Lemon, Banana,
Grapes, Abelmoschus esculentus (Lady finger), Solanum tuberosum (Potato), Manilkara
zapota and Capsicum annum.etc. as well as some vegetables.
3.5.11 Green Belt around the Industry
The green belt around the proposed unit includes varieties of trees such as
Casurina equsetifolia and Ashoka (Saraca indica), Peltoforum sp., Ziziphus marutina,
Syzgium cumini, Delonix regia, Acacia auriculiformis.
Map of green belt development shown in Fig. 3.5.2. The list of tree plantation is
given in Table 3.5.10. The plantation developed around the existing plant of GIPCL is
shown in Plate 3.5.4.
3.5.12 Faunal Biodiversity
3.5.12.1 Mammals
During observations, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire
study area. The assessment of wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis of
information collected from the Ranger Officer and personal interviews with local peoples.
The wildlife animals found in the study area are Rabbit, Blue bull, Fox, Wild boar
according information collected from local people.
3.5.12.2 Reptiles
During field survey Garden Lizard was observed in the study area, as per the
Ranger officer and the local information collected from the villagers there are snakes
belonging to both poisonous and non-poisonous category. According to Villegers
Dhaman ( Lycodon aulicus ) and Ratsnake (Ptyas mucosus) found in the study area.
3.5.12.3 Insects
Insects can also serve as useful indicators of forest biodiversity. They are
responsible for a large part of the complex interconnections that characterize forest
ecosystems. The insect communities that are present in forests help to maintain crucial
ecological processes and preserve biodiversity as a whole. They participate in most of the
ecological processes that sustain ecosystems. Many more characteristics of insects
made them the most important part of ecological balance.
During survey period, varieties of insects were also observed; Insects like
Dragonflies, Butterflies, Honey Bees, and House Fly are observed.
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.67
3.5.13 Avifaunal Investigation
Avifauna is an important part of the ecosystem playing the various roles as
scavengers, pollinators, predators of insect pest etc. They are the bio-indicators of
different status of environment like urbanization, industrialization and human disturbance.
They are one of the best indicators of ecosystem. The areas having good bird diversity.
They can be sensitive indicators of pollution problems and function as early warning
system.
Peafowl is mostly found in the study area and is shown in Plate 3.5.7. Dominant
birds in the study area are cattle egret, little egret, Red vented bulbul, Black drongo, pond
heron, Red wattled lapwing (Plate 3.5.8), Night heron, Indian roller, Common myna,
Hoopoe (Plate 3.5.9), House sparrow, House crow, Crow pheasant (Plate 3.5.10),
Small green bee eater, Spotted dove, Rose ring parakeet, Blue rock pigeon, House swift,
common babbler, Magpie robin (Plate 3.5.11) and the other birds are White ibis, Purple
moorhen, Black ibis, White wagtail. List of Avifauna observed in the study area is
depicted in Table 3.5.11.
3.5.14 National Park/Reserve Forest or Wildlife Sanctuary
There is no National Park/Sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserve area within 25 km
from the project site. However, the Umarpara Forest is 50 km away from the project site.
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.68
Plate 3.5.1 : Dominant Species Prosopis Juliflora Observed in Study Area (Core Zone)
Plate 3.5.2 : Aquatic plant Nelumbo spp. observed near Nana Nagma village pond (Buffer Zone)
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.69
Plate 3.5.3 : A View of Euphorbia caducifolia observed in Study Area (Buffer Zone)
Plate 3.5.4 : Plantation Developed around the Existing Plant
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.70
Plate 3.5.5 : Sugarcane Field Observed in Study Area (Core Zone)
Plate 3.5.6 : Cotton field observed near Wasrai village (Buffer Zone)
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.71
Plate 3.5.7 : Common peafowl (Pavo cristatus) observed near Shah Navapara
Plate 3.5.8 : Red wattled lapwing (Vanellus indicus) observed near Asodla village
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.72
Plate 3.5.9 : Hoopoe (Upupa epops) observed near Charetha village
Plate 3.5.10 : Crow pheasant (Centropus sinensis) observed near Asodla village
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.73
Plate 3.5.11 : Magpie robin (Copsychus saularis) observed in study area
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.74
Ushker Ramkund
Nani Naroli Tadkeshwar
Asodla Panetha Shethi
Dungri
Chareth
Wastan
Borsad
Surali Nogama
Shah
Vasravi
Borigala
Tuked
Mota Miya Mangrol
Luwara
Dharampur
Togapur
5 km 10 km A
B
C
D
N
Fig. 3.5.1 : Sampling Locations for Biological Monitoring
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.75
Fig.
3.5
.2 :
Map
of G
IPC
L G
reen
belt
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.76
Table 3.5.1
List of Sampling Locations
Sr. No.
Surveyed villages Latitude Longitude
Core Zone
1. Nani Naroli N 21O22’ 47.3”
E 073O05’ 43.0”
2. Dungri N 21O24’14.2” E 073O07’31.5”
3. Surali N 21O25’15.72” E 073O05’ 44.68”
4. Shah Navapara N 21O26’ 09.8” E 073O08’ 23.3”
5. Nogama N 21O25’ 18.5” E 073O04’ 47.4”
Buffer Zone
6. Vasravi N 21O25’44.6” E 073O09’46.2”
7. Mangrol N 21O 27’41.7” E 073O09’17.3”
8. Luwara N 21O28’19.7” E 073O04’ 24.8”
9. Ushker, Ram kund N 21O20’ 23.5” E 073O05’ 54.0”
10. Asodla N 21O24’32.4” E073O03’28.7”
11. Tadkeshwar N 21O22’ 29.2” E 073O03’ 16.3”
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.77
Table 3.5.2
List of Flora recorded from Forest Division
Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name Family Core Zone
Buffer Zone
Trees 1. Akash limdo Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae - - 2. Al Morinda tomentosa Rubiaceae - - 3. Alan Elaeodendron roxburghii Celastraceae - - 4. Amba Mangifera indica* Anacardiaceae + + 5. Ambadi Spondias pinnata Anacardiaceae - - 6. Amli Tamarindus indica* Fabaceae + + 7. Amla Emblica officinalis* Phyllanthaceae - + 8. Aniar Acacia leucophloea* Fabaceae + + 9. Ankol Alangium salvifolium Alangiaceae - - 10. Arduso Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae - - 11. Arjunsadad Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae - - 12. Aritha Sapindus emarginatus Sapindaceae - - 13. Asan Bridelia squamosa Euphorbiaceae - - 14. Asitro, Asitari Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpiniaceae - - 15. Bahedo Terminalia bellerica* Combretaceae - + 16. Bakam,
Bakamlimdo Melia azadiracta Meliaceae - -
17. Bakul Mimusops elengi Sapotaceae - - 18. Bawal Acacia nilotica* Fabaceae + + 19. Bhilamo Semecarpus anacardium Anacardiaceae - - 20. Bhindi Thespesia populnea Malvaceae - - 21. Bili or Bel Aegle marmelos * Rutaceae - + 22. Biyo Pterocarpus marsupium
varacuminatus Fabaceae - -
23. Bondaro Lagerstroemia parviflora Lythraceae - - 24. Bor Ziziphus mauritiana* Rhamnaceae + + 25. Chameli Bauhinia purpurea* Caesalpiniaceae - + 26. Charoli Buchanania lanzan Anacardiaceae - - 27. Dandosi, Patrali Dalbergia lanceolaria Fabaceae - - 28. Dhaman Grewia tiliaefolia Tiliaceae - - 29. Dhamoda, Dhavada Anogeissus latifolia* Combretaceae - +
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.78
Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name Family Core Zone
Buffer Zone
30. Kaliosiras Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae - - 31. Garmalo Cassia fistula* Caesalpiniaceae + + 32. Ghatbor Ziziphus xylopyrus* Rhamnaceae + + 33. Gota Terma orientalis Ulmaceae - - 34. Garad Acacia senegal Fabaceae - - 35. Gundi Cordia dichotoma Ehretiaceae - - 36. Gulmohor Delonix regia* Caesalpiniaceae + + 37. Gongad Xeromphis uliginosa Rubiaceae - - 38. Haldwan Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae - - 39. Harda Terminalia chebula* Combretaceae - + 40. Indrajav Holarrhena antidysenterica Apocynaceae - - 41. Jambuda Syzygium cumini * Myrtaceae + + 42. Kadwai Hymenodictyon excelsum Rubiaceae - - 43. Kadaya Sterculia urens Sterculiaceae - - 44. Kakad Garuga pinnata Burseraceae - - 45. Kalam Mitragyna parvifolia Rubiaceae - - 46. Kanti Acacia ferruginea Fabaceae - - 47. Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae - - 48. Karvat Dillenia pentagyna Dilleniaceae - - 49. Kamilo Mallotus philippensis Euphorbiaceae - - 50. Khair Acacia catechu* Mimosaceae - + 51. Khajuri Phoenix sylvestris* Arecaceae + + 52. Khatambo Piliostigma malabaricum Caesalpiniaceae - - 53. Kudi Wrightia tinctoria Apocynaceae - - 54. Kudo Wrightia tomentosa Apocynaceae - - 55. Kumhbio Careya arborea* Lecythidaceae - + 56. Kusum Schleichera oleosa Sapindaceae - - 57. Kilai Albizia procera* Fabaceae + + 58. Kothi Limonia acidissima Rutaceae - - 59. Limdo Azadirachta indica* Meliaceae + + 60. Manjo Casearia graveolens Flacourtiaceae - - 61. Modad Lannea coromandelica Anacardiaceae - - 62. Mokha Schrebera swietenioides Oleaceae - - 63. Mahudo Madhuca indica * Sapotaceae - + 64. Nana Lagerstroemia lanceolata Lythraceae - -
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.79
Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name Family Core Zone
Buffer Zone
65. Nilgiri Eucalyptus spp.* Myrtaceae + + 66. Nimbora Melia composite Meliaceae - - 67. Papdi Holoptelea integrifolia Ulmaceae - - 68. Patarali Dalbergia paniculata Fabaceae - - 69. Payar Ficus rumphii Moraceaes - - 70. Palas Butea monosperma* Fabaceae + + 71. Pangaro Erythrina variegata Fabaceae - - 72. Petari Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae - - 73. Pipal Ficus religiosa* Moraceae + + 74. Pipli Ficus amplissima Moraceae - - 75. Raintree-Ratosiras Samanea saman Fabaceae - - 76. Royan Soymida febrifuga Meliaceae - - 77. Siras Albizia lebbeck* Fabaceae + + 78. Sadad Terminalia crenulata Combretaceae - - 79. Sag Tectona grandis* Verbenaceae - + 80. Saragvo Moringa oleifera* Moringaceae + + 81. Sawar Bombax Ceiba Bombacaceae - - 82. Sisham Dalbergia latifolia Fabaceae - - 83. Sivan Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae - - 84. Tad Borassus flabellifer* Arecaceae + + 85. Tiwas, Tanach Ougeinia oojeinensis Fabaceae - - 86. Tavra Avicennia officinalis Avicenniaceae - - 87. Tetu Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae - - 88. Timru Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae - - 89. Umbh Miliusa tomentosa Annonaceae - - 90. Umro Ficus racemosa* Moraceae + + 91. Vad Ficus bengalesis* Moraceae + + 92. Varas Heterophragma quadriculare Bignoniaceae - - 93. Waring Kydia calycina Malvaceae - - Shrubs and Herbs 94. Agethi, Agera Achyranthes aspera Amarantaceae - - 95. Akdo Calotropis gigantean* Asclepiadaceae - + 96. Ami Clerodendrum multiflorum Verbenaceae - - 97. Atedi Helicteres isora Sterculiaceae - - 98. Awal Cassia auriculata Caesalpiniaceae - -
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.80
Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name Family Core Zone
Buffer Zone
99. Bhoinumru Ficus heterophylla Moraceae - - 100. Bordi Zizyphus oenoplia * Rhamnaceae - + 101. Chanibor Zizyphus nummularia Rhamnaceae - - 102. Chhini Tamarix dioica Tamaricaceae - - 103. Chikan Sida acuta Malvaceae - - 104. Chipalchonga Tephrosia senticosa Fabaceae - - 105. Chilari Caesalpinia decapetala Caesalpiniaceae - - 106. Chilar Acacia intsia Mimosaceae - - 107. Daiti Woodfordia fruticosa Lythraceae - - 108. Darudi Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae - - 109. Dholochitro Plumbago zeylanica Plumbaginaceae - - 110. Dussorudi Colebrookea oppositifolia Lamiaceae - - 111. Ekharu Hygrophila auriadata Acanthaceae - - 112. Galgugal Flacourtia indica Flacourtiaceae - - 113. Gokhru Pedalium murex Padaliaceae - - 114. Harkuri Hemidesmus indlcus Periplocaceae - - 115. Hathi sundhu Heliolropium rariflorum Boraginaceae - - 116. Hingori Balanites aegyptiaca Balanitaceae - - 117. Danti, Janialgota Baliospennurn montanum Euphorbiaceae - - 118. Jangli bhindo Hibiscus vitifolius Malvaceae - - 119. Jangli tulsi Ocimum americanum Lamiaceae - - 120. Jangli kela Ensete superbum Musaceae - - 121. Jangli umardo Ficus hispida Moraceae - - 122. Jethi madh Taverniera. cuneifolia Fabaceae - - 123. Jhibheti Eranthemum roseum Acanthaceae - - 124. Kajla Aegiceras corniculatus Myrsinaceae - - 125. Kanksi Abutilon indicum Malvaceae - - 126. Karamdi Cariss congesta Apocynaceae - - 127. Kantharo Capparis sepiaria Capparaceae - - 128. Karvi, Karav Carvia callosa Acanthaceae - - 129. Ketaki Agave Americana Agavaceae - - 130. Mindhal Xeromphis spinosa Rubiaceae - - 131. Nago, Nirgund Vitex negundo* Verbenaceae - + 132. Nanikarvi Eranthemum purpurascens Acanthaceae - - 133. Pavta Costus speciosus costaceae - -
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.81
Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name Family Core Zone
Buffer Zone
134. Popatiya Moghania strobilifera Fabaceae - - 135. Ratanjot Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae - - 136. Sarabal Vicoa indica Asteraceae - - 137. Tonavel toran Zizyphus rugosa Rhamnaceae - - 138. Thor Euphoribia neriifolia* Euphorbiaceae + + 139. Ukhardo Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae - - 140. Vachhang Gloriosa superba Liliaceae - - 141. Vaghnakh Martynia annua Martyniaceae - - 142. Velantaro Dichrostachys cinerea Mimosaceae - - 143. Vikro Maytenus emarginata Celastraceae - - 144. Yenkdi Falcourtia Montana Flacourtiaceae - - 145. Zipti Triumfetta rhomboidea Tiliaceae - - Climbers - 146. Abvel Canavalia gladiata Fabaceae - - 147. Arvel Ipomea pes-caprae Convolvulaceae - - 148. Achhvel Ventilago maderaspatana Rhamnaceae - - 149. Akaswel or Amrvel Cuscuta reflexa* Convolvulaceae + - 150. Alai Dalbergia volubilis Fabaceae - - 151. Chanothi Abrus precatorius Fabaceae - - 152. Chilari Acacia pinnata Mimosaceae - - 153. Charvel Tinospora cordifolia Menispermaceae - - 154. Dodi Dregea volubilis Asclepiadaceae - - 155. Kangarvel Celastrus paniculata Celastraceae - - 156. Kavach Mucuna prurita Fabaceae - - 157. Kuvel Dioscorea pentaphylla Dioscoreaceae - - 158. Kundvel Cissus quadrangularis Vitaceae - -
159. Morvel Millettia racemosa Fabaceae - - 160. Mendhvel Cryptolepis buchanani Periplocaceae - - 161. Palasvel Butea superba Fabaceae - - 162. Panivel Cissus repanda Vitaceae - - 163. Tanvel Cocculus hirsutus Menispermaceae - -
Bamboos 164. Katas Bambusa arundinacea Poaceae - - 165. Manvel Dendrocalamus strictus Poaceae - -
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.82
Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name Family Core Zone
Buffer Zone
Grasses 166. Baru Sorghum halepense Poaceae - - 167. Belkhaclu Ischamum indicum Poaceae - - 168. Bhatadi Themeda quadrivalvis Poaceae - - 169. Bhatadu Themeda triandra Poaceae - - 170. Bhatadu, ful-ghas Themeda triandra Poaceae - - 171. Bhimru Oplimenus burmanii Poaceae - - 172. Chhaj Impcrttln cylindrical Poaceae - - 173. Ctiktu Setaria tomentosa Poaceae - - 174. Daro, Durva Cynodon dactylon Poaceae - - 175. Dholiu Ischaemum rugosum Poaceae - - 176. Dodiu Ischaemum pilosum Poaceae - - 177. Dhramnu Cenchrus setigerus Poaceae - - 178. Kansari Coix lachryma-jobi Poaceae - - 179. Karkadiu Apluda mutica Poaceae - - 180. Kharhalu Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae - - 181. Nanibhatadi Pseudathisteria heleroclita Poaceae - - 182. Rathedo Dichanthium annulantum Poaceae - - 183. Rosha Cymbopogon martinii Poaceae - - 184. Uth-lampdo Aristida adscensionis Poaceae - - 185. Vandarium ghas Tragus biflorsu Poaceae - - 186. Vad-bajariu Arundinella setosa Poaceae - - 187. Zinzvo Andropogon pumilus Poaceae - -
Source: Forest Department Surat, District, Gujarat *: observed by NEERI team during field survey
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.83
Table 3.5.3
List of fauna recorded from Forest Department
Sr. No.
Scientific Name Common Name Family Status in Wildlife
Protection Act-1972
Core Zone
Buffer Zone
Mammals 1. Panthera pardus Leopard or Panther Felidae Schedule I - - 2. Cervus unicolor Sambhar Cervidae Schedule III - - 3. Axis axis Spotted Deer Cervidae Schedule III - - 4. Sus scrofa Indian Wild Boar Suidae Schedule III - - 5. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Leporidae Schedule IV - - 6. Hyaena hyaena Hyaena Hyaenidae Schedule III - - 7. Canis aureus Jackal Canidae Schedule II - - 8. Hystrix indica Indian porcupine Hystricidae Schedule IV - - 9. Felis chaus Jungle Cat Felidae Schedule II - - 10. Canis lupus Indian Wolf Canidae Schedule I - -
11. Tetracerus quadricornis
Four Horned Antelope
Bovidae Schedule I - -
12. Felis bengalensis Leopard Cat Felidae Schedule I - -
13. Boselaphus tragocamelus*
Blue Bull Bovidae Schedule-III - +
14. Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox Canidae Schedule II - - 15. Macaca mulatta Rhesus Macaque Cercopithecidae Schedule II - - 16. Presbytis entellus* Common Langur Cercopithecidae Schedule II + + 17. Herpestes edwardsii* Common
Mongoose Herpestidae Schedule II - +
18. Indian pangolin scaly ant eater flying fox
Manis crassicaudata
Manidae I - -
19. Lutra lutra Otters Mustelidae Schedule II - - Reptiles 20. Python molurus Pithon Pythonidae Schedule I - - 21. Vipera russelli Russel viper Viperidae - - - 22. Lycodon aulicus Dhaman Colubridae Schedule II - - 23. Varanus nebulosus Monitor lizzard Varanidae Schedule - II - - 24. Naja naja cobra Elapidae - - 25. Ptyas mucosus Common Rat
Snake Colubridae Schedule II - -
26. Calotes versicolor * Common Garden Lizard
Agamidae - + +
27. Lissemys punctata Indian flapshell turtle
Trionychidae Schedule I - -
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.84
Sr. No.
Scientific Name Common Name Family Status in Wildlife
Protection Act-1972
Core Zone
Buffer Zone
28. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa Boidae - - - 29. Ahaetulla nasuta Common Green
Whip Snake Colubridae - - -
30. Amphiesma stolata Buffstripd keelback Colubridae Schedule IV - - 31. Atretium schistosum Olive Keelback
water Snake Colubridae Schedule II - -
32. Boiga forsteni Foresten’s Cat Snake
Colubridae Schedule IV - -
33. Boiga trigonata Common Cat Snake
Colubridae Schedule IV - -
34. Elaphe Helena Helena Common Trinket Snake
Colubridae Schedule IV - -
35. Macropisthodon plumbicolor
Green Keelback Colubridae Schedule IV - -
36. Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keel Back
Colubridae Schedule II - -
37. Echis carinatus Saw Scaled Viper Viperidae Schedule IV - -
Source : Forest Department, Surat District, Gujarat *: observed by NEERI team during field survey
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.85
Table 3.5.4
List of Medicinal Plants Recorded from working plan of Forest Division
Sr. No Local Name Scientific Name Family
Tress 1. Amba Mangifera indica Anacardiacae
2. Amli Tamarindus indica Caesalpiniacae
3. Amla Emblica officinalis Ceasalpiniaceae
4. Arjunsadad Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae
5. Bahedo Terminalia bellirica Combretaceae
6. Bakam Melia azadiracta Meliaceae
7. Bawal Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae
8. Garmalo Cassia fistula Fabaceae
9. Gundi Cordia dichotoma Boraginaceae
10. Jambudo Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae
11. Karanj Pogamia pinnata Fabaceae
12. Kilai Albizia procera Mimosaceae
13. Limbo Azadirachta indica Meliaceae
14. Mahudo Madhuca indica var latifolia sapotaceae
15. Nilgiri Eucalyptus sp. Myrtaceae
16. Palas Butea monosperma Fabaceae
17. Pipal Ficus religiosa Moraceae
18. Sag Tectona grandis Verbenaceae
19. Vad Ficus bengalensis Moraceae
Shrubs and Herbs 20. Akdo Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae
21. Nago, Nirgund Vertex Negundo Verbenaceae
Bamboos 22. Manvel Dendrocalamus strictus Poaceae
Source: Forest Department Surat, District, Gujarat
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.86
Table 3.5.5
List of plant species planted by Social Forestry
Sr. No. Scientific Name Family
1. Acacia auriculiformis Mimosaceae
2. Azadirachta indica Meliaceae
3. Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae
4. Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae
5. Delonix regia Fabaceae
6. Eucalyptus sp. Myrtaceae
7. Ficus bengalensis Moraceae
8. Ficus religiosa Moraceae
9. Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae
10. Moringa oleifera Moringaceae
11. Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae
12. Tectona grandis Verbanaceae
13. Tamarindus indica Caesalpiniacae
14. Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae
15. Psidium guajava Myrtaceae
Source : Social Forestry Department Surat, District, Gujarat
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.87
Table 3.5.6
Cultivated Area Production and Productivity of Surat District
(Rabi-season 2011-12)
Sr. No. Name of crop Area Production Productivity(MT)
1. Muskmelon 13496 3510 47371
2. Wheat 6153 3675 22612
3. Jawar 1291 1854 2394
4. Maize 388 2268 880
5. Wal 295 864 255
6. Tuor 450 1296 583
7. Mug 3287 648 2130
8. Gram 968 840 813
9. Kohala 81 432 35
10. Ground nut 1117 2375 2653
11. Cane 93612 78750 7371945
12. Divela 128 1890 242
13. Mustard 107 1296 139
14. Ghacacaro 12449 - -
15. Shakbhaji 13443 - -
Total 147265
Source : Agriculture Department, Surat, District, Gujarat
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.88
Table 3.5.7
Cultivated area production and productivity of Surat district (Kharif season 2011-12)
Sr. No. Name of crop Area Production Productivity(MT)
1. Muskmelon 34359 3360 115446 2. Jawar 5041 1418 7148 3. Maize 677 1575 1066 4. Tuor 433 1124 487 5. Mug 1233 788 972 6. Urad 683 450 307 7. Kohala 268 630 169 8. Ground nut 1323 1580 2090 9. Sesamum 132 532 70 10. Divela 208 1764 367 11. Cotton 2645 2268 35287 12. Soyabean 12724 945 12024 13. Shakbhaji 14213 - -
Total 73939 16434 175433 Source : Agriculture Department, Surat, District, Gujarat
Table 3.5.8
Annual Rainfall of Surat district
Sr. No. Name of taluka Rainfall (mm) 2009 2010 2011
1. Khardoli 1430 1475 1553 2. Chaurasi 1332 1406 959 3. Kamrej 1628 1614 1699 4. Mahuwa 1847 1596 1571 5. Mandwi 951 1119 1287 6. Mangrol 869 1339 1045 7. Palsana 1029 1558 1157 8. Olpad 1455 1412 1196 9. Umarpada 2281 1746 2441
Total 14733 14033 12910 Source : Agriculture Department, Surat, District, Gujarat
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.89
Table 3.5.9
Production and productivity of Horticulture Crops
Sr. No.
Year Flowers Spices Vegetables Fruits Medicinal plants Others
Pro-duction
( MT)
Pro-ductivity (MT/Ha)
Pro-duction
(MT)
Pro-ductivity (MT/Ha)
Pro-duction
(MT)
Pro-ductivity (MT/Ha)
Pro-duction
(MT)
Pro-ductivity (MT/Ha)
Pro-duction
(MT)
Pro-ductivity (MT/Ha)
Pro-duction (MT)
Pro-ductivity (MT/Ha)
1. 2008-09 5077 9.13 17022 12.18 241351 12.56 136761 36.03 236 5.9 6811 37.42
2. 2009-10 - - 19175 13.34 259496 13.29 829760 38.11 628 8.15 - -
3. 2010-11 7496.8 9.12 21776 12.69 262513.2 13.43 856449.6 38.77 - - 33516.17 12.81
Source : District Horticulture Department, Surat
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.90
Table: 3.5.10
List of Plant Species found in Green Belt
Sr. No. Name of Plant
1. Acacia auriculiformis 2. Acacia catechu 3. Achras sapota 4. Albizia amara 5. Albizzia lebbeck 6. Albizzia procera 7. Annona squamosa 8. Azardirachta indica 9. Bambusa bamboo 10. Butea monosperma 11. Cassia fistula 12. Cassia siamea 13. Casuarina equisetifolia 14. Cordial dicotoma 15. Dalbergia sissoo 16. Delonix regia 17. Dendrocalamus strictus 18. Emblica officinalis 19. Eucalyptus sp 20. Ficus religiosa 21. Gmelia arborea 22. Grevelia robusta 23. Jatropha curcas 24. Jatropha gossypifolia 25. Kigelia pinnata 26. Leucana leucocephala 27. Madhuca indica 28. Mangifera indica 29. Melia azardirach 30. Moringa oleifera 31. Nyctanthes sp 32. Peltophorum pteroarpum 33. Pithocelobium dulce 34. Pongamia pinnata 35. Psidium guajava 36. Samania saman 37. Sapindus emarginata 38. Sesbsnia grandifolia 39. Syzygium cuminii 40. Syzygium cuminii 41. Tamarindus indica 42. Tectona grandis 43. Terminalia bellerica 44. Terminalia chebula 45. Thespesia popunea 46. Zizyphus xylopyrus 47. Zyzypus jujuba
Source : Data provided by GIPCL
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.91
Table 3.5.11
List of Avifauna Observed by NEERI Team
Sr. No.
Common Name Scientific Name Family Status in Wildlife
Protection Act-1972
Status in IUCN Category
Core Zone
Buffer Zone
1. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
2. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
3. Common Peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae Schedule I Least Concern - +
4. Common Babbler Turdoides caudata Timaliidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
5. House Crow Corvus splendens Corvidae Schedule V Least Concern + +
6. Ring Dove Streptopelia decaocto Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
7. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicatus Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
8. Jungle Crow Corvus macrorhynchos
Corvidae - Least Concern - +
9. Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger Phalacrocoracidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
10. Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis Muscicapidae - Least Concern + +
11. Black Ibis Pseudibis papillosa Threskiornithidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
12. House Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeridae - Least Concern + + 13. Purple Sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus Nectariniidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
14. Red Vented Bulbul
Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
15. Red whishkered Bulbul
Pycnonotus gocosus Pycnonotidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
16. Small Blue Kingfisher
Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
17. White Breasted Kingfisher
Halcyon smyrnensis Halcyonidae - Least Concern + +
18. Small Green Bee Eater
Merops orientalis Meropidae - Least Concern + +
19. White Wagtail Motacilla alba Motacillidae - Least Concern
- +
20. Indian Roller or Blue Jay
Coracias benghalensis
Coraciidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
21. Blue Rock Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae - Least Concern + +
22. Rose Ringed Parakeet
Psittacula krameri Psittaculidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
23. Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Dicrcuridae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
24. Little Egret Egretta garzetta Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
25. Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis Cuculidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
26. Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata Muscicapidae / Turdinae
- - + +
Chapter 3 : Description of the Environment
3.92
Sr. No.
Common Name Scientific Name Family Status in Wildlife
Protection Act-1972
Status in IUCN Category
Core Zone
Buffer Zone
27. House Swift Apus affinis Apodidae - Least Concern - +
28. White Ibis Threskiornis melanocephala
Threskiornithidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
29. Hoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae - Least Concern + +
30. Indian Pond Heron
Ardeola grayii Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
31. Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern + +
32. Rufous Backed Shrike
Lanius schach Laniidae - Least Concern - +
33. Black Winged Stilt
Himantopus himantopus
Recurvirostridae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
34. Red rumped Swallow
Hirundo daurica Hirundinidae - Least Concern - +
35. Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis Cerylidae Schedule IV Least Concern - +
36. Little Brown Dove Spilopelia senegalensis
Columbidae schedule IV Least Concern - +
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.93
3.6 Socio-economic Environment Environment is a whole complex of physical, social, economic, cultural and
aesthetic dimensions which affects individual, communities and ultimately determines
their forms, characters, relationships and survivals. As such it becomes imperative to
integrate the components of socio-economic environment in impact assessment study
related to environment conservation, protection and management. The social
environment refers to demographic structure of the area incorporating population
dynamics, infrastructure resource base and health status of the community, while
economic environment refers to land utilization pattern, land values, employment
generation, industrial development and sustainability of the project in financial term. The
aesthetic environment refers to scenic value of the area, tourist attraction, forest, and
wildlife, historic and cultural monuments. The study of these parameters helps in
identification, prediction and evaluation of likely impacts on socioeconomics and
parameters of human interest due to proposed project.
3.6.1 Reconnaissance
The site for Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed installation of Surat
Lignite Power Project (SLPP) Expansion Project, SLPP station – III, 2 x 300 MW capacity
Lignite Fired CFBC Technology Based Thermal Power Project at village Nani Naroli,
Taluka Mangrol, Dist. Surat of Gujarat Industries Power Company Ltd. (GIPCL).. The
study of socio-economic environment includes demographic structure, and availability of
basic amenities viz. housing education, health and medical services, water supply,
sanitation, transportation, communication and power supply.
3.6.2 Baseline Status
Baseline information is collected in order to delineate apply the socio-economic
profile of the study area. The process related database thus generated includes:
• Demographic structure
• Infrastructure base in the area
• Economic structure
• Health status
• Cultural attributes
• Socio economic status in relation to quality of life
• Public awareness and their concern about the project
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.94
The primary socio economic data was collected through field survey in sample
villages in study area as well as the observations by the survey team. It has been subs
tainted with relevant socio-economic data from secondary sources of various official
records. viz., Census records, District statistical abstract, district health office, tourism
office etc. The sampling villages identified for socio-economic survey of the study area is
shown in Table 3.6.1 and the survey map, discussion with local authority and group
discussion with women group, photos given in Fig. 3.6.1, 3.6.2 & 3.6.3.
3.6.2.1 Demographic Structure
The demographic structures of the study area were collected from Census
record of Surat district. Study area covers three taluk. Study area comprises total 49
villages. The report described in two zone core and buffer zone. In core zone there is one
taluka including 8 villages and in buffer zone three taluka comes including 41 villages.
Demographic details such as number of persons per household, sex ratio, percentage of
SC & ST population and employment pattern is described in Table 3.6.2 and while the
summarized information is presented in Table 3.6.3. The salient features are as follows:
Core Zone
Total area in hector 7005.16 and Population density is 42.07 per sq km
Total population of the region as per 2001 census is 16648 out of which
8514 are male and female are 8134. Gender wise total Population is shown
in Fig 3.6.2
Sex ratio (number of male per thousand female) in the region is 955 this
shows that male population is higher in the region as compared with the
female population
Out of the total population Scheduled Caste 313(1.88%) and Scheduled
Tribe population is 10474(62.91%) respectively
Literacy rate of the population in the study area is 8596(51.63%).Literacy
rate is shown in Fig. 3.6.3
Total main worker population is 5195(31.20%, 2227(13.37%) come under
marginal worker category and 9226(55.41%) belong to non workers
category. Employment pattern details is shown in Fig. 3.6.4 and Main worker
Employment pattern is shown in Fig. 3.6.5
Buffer Zone
Total area in hector 25384.34 and Population density is 16.11 per sq km
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.95
Total population of the region as per 2001 census is 157486 out of which
80387 are male and female are 77099. Gender wise details Shown in
Fig. 3.6.6
Sex ratio (number of male per thousand female) in the region is 959 this
shows that male population is higher in the region as compared with the
female population
Out of the total population Scheduled Caste 3802(2.41%) and Scheduled
Tribe population is 107115(68.01%) respectively
Literacy rate of the population in the study area is 79635(50.56%).Literacy
rate is shown in Fig. 3.6.7
Total main worker population is 56650(35.97%, 19530(12.40%) come under
marginal worker category and 81306(51.62%) belong to non workers
category. Employment pattern is shown in Fig. 3.6.8 and Main worker
Employment pattern shown in Fig. 3.6.9
3.6.2.2 Infrastructure Resource Base
The infrastructure resources base of the study area with reference to education,
medical facility, water supply, post and telegraph, transportation and communication
facility and power supply etc is presented in Table 3.6.4. The infrastructure resources
details have been abstracted from Housing, Household Amenities and Assets CD 2001 of
Gujarat state, Surat District are described below:
Education: Classes up to class 7th included in Primary schools. Classes from
eighth to tenth included in Higher Secondary School classes 11th and 12th are included in
senior secondary School. As per 2001 village directory record, all villages having
education facility in the form of primary school in which two villages not having any
facility, these are Charetha, and Ansodala. The primary school of Tadkeshwar village is
shown in Fig.3.6.10.
Water facility: All villages having water facility in the record of census 2001.
Main source of water is Tap water, Tube well, Well, Hand pump, rivers, and others
sources are Tank water. The water facility of the region is given in Fig. 3.6.11.
Transportation and Communication: Respondents are satisfied with the
existing transportation facility. All the villages are covered under state transportation bus
service. Buses have frequency of two or three times in a day and some villages have
navigable waterway, Road approaches are in all form like mud road, footpath, navigable
river, navigable waterway etc.
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.96
Power Supply: All villages in the region are electrified and electricity is available
for domestic as well as commercial, agriculture purpose in all the villages.
Medical/Primary Health Care: Medical facilities in terms of health workers,
primary health sub centers and primary health centers are existing villages. The total
numbers of health facility is summarized below:
Primary Health Sub-centers : 6
Allopathic Hospital : 8
Maternity & Child Welfare : 3
Family Welfare Center : 5
Registered Private Medical Practitioner : 5
Allopathic Dispensary : 1
Primary Health Center : 1
T.B Clinic : 1 3.6.2.3 Economic Attributes
Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically
active group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work- Work may be
defined, as participation in any economically productive activity .Such participation may
be physical or mental in nature. Work involves not actual work but also effective
supervision and direction of work. It also includes unpaid work on farm or in family
enterprise.
There are different types of workers that may be classified as - Those persons
who had worked for at least six months or 183 days are treated to be Main Workers, on
the other hand if person categorized as worker has participated in any economic or
productive activity for less than six months or 183 days during the last one year are
treated as Marginal Workers and Non – Workers are those who have not worked any time
at all in the year preceding the enumeration.
The employment pattern of worker and Main worker the study area is described
below and presented in Table 3.6.5.
Core zone
Main worker population in the study area is 5195 (31.20%)
Majority of the worker i.e. 2688(51.74%) are engaged as agriculture
worker and cultivators workers are 1279 (24.61%)
There are 11(0.21%) house hold worker and main other population is
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.97
1217(23.42%)
Total marginal worker in the study area are 2227 (13.37%)
Unemployment level is high in the region as non-worker population
accounts for more than half of the total population in the region i.e. 9226
(55.41%) Non-worker population includes student, household duties,
dependent, pensioner, beggar and others.
Buffer zone
Main worker population in the study area is 61845 (35.51%)
Majority of the worker i.e. 18529(29.96%) are engaged as main other
workers and cultivators workers are 16772 (27.11%)
There are 25683(41.52%) and 861 (1.39%) workers as agriculture and
house hold worker
Total marginal worker in the study area are 21757 (12.49%)
Unemployment level is high in the region as non-worker population
accounts for more than half of the total population in the region i.e. 90352
(51.98%) Non-worker population includes student, household duties,
dependent, pensioner, beggar and others.
3.6.2.4 Health status
Health is a very important socio-economic parameter; it has a direct linkage with
environment. As per the National Health Policy (1983), primary Health Care has been
accepted as main instrument for achieving this goal for the development and
strengthening of rural health care through three tire health infrastructure system i.e.
primary health sub-centre (PHS) primary health centre (PHC) and community health
centre (CHC) have been established.
The standards set by the national health policy are given below :
Population Infrastructure Personnel
3000-5000 1 Sub Centre 1 ANM(Auxiliary Nurse Midwife)
25,000-30,000 1 PHC, 6 Beds 2 medical Officer
1,00,000 Rural Hospital Medical Superintendent
During discussion with the Medical Officer of Primary Health Center, in Nani
Naroli villages, in Surat Dist. it has been revealed that the diseases prevailing Malaria,
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.98
Diarrhea, eye problem and other generally reported were attributed due to improper
sanitation, dust and water logging.
The information regarding the Mortality rate of Mangrol taluk is given in Table
3.6.6 and the registered numbers of Mortality and Morbidity Pattern of the region in Nani
Naroli PHC is presented in Table 3.6.7 and Statistical Health Data of community health
center is shown in Table 3.6.8 and shown in Fig 3.6.12.
3.6.2.5 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes
No cultural and Aesthetic important places are observed within the study area,
hence likely impact on such important places in ruled out.
3.6.3 Socio – Economic Survey
In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any
developmental projects on socio-economic environment, it is necessary to know the
apprehensions of the people in the project area. Socio-economic survey serves as an
effective tool for fulfilling this requirement socio-economic survey was conducted in the
study area. The villages are located in all directions with reference to project site by
interviewing Sarpanch of each village and respondents (adult’s male female) chosen by
using judgmental or purposive sampling methods representing various socio-economic
sections of the community.
Field Survey Information
The questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters such as income,
employment and working conditions, water supply, sanitation, health, energy,
transportation and communication, education, environment and pollution to assess the
quality of life of that particular region and general awareness of the respondents about
the project. Socio-economic survey was conducted in 10 villages within the study area
located in all directions with reference to the project site. Discussion with local villagers is
shown in Fig 3.6.13 and 3.6.14. The availability of facilities like Education, Medical,
Electricity and Sanitation, Employment and Awareness about project are shown in
Tables 3.6.9 to Table 3.6.12.
The salient observations recorded during the survey are given below:
Agriculture is the main occupation. The main crop is sugarcane the
surveyed area while few respondents are having job in private sector or
either government sector.
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.99
Education facilities are available up to primary school. For middle ,
secondary and higher studies people avail the facility from the nearest
block and district
Mainly wood is used as fuel since availability of Kerosene and LPG in the
villages
Most of the area are having electricity facility both for agricultural and
domestic purpose
Literacy level among the respondents is good. This is mainly because of
better educational facilities
Communication and transportation facilities are good in most of the
villages. Maximum villages having bus service facility
Many respondents expect job opportunities in construction as well as
operational phase
3.6.3.1 Awareness and Opinion
Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of
events, objects or sensory patterns. In this level of consciousness, sense data can be
confirmed by an observer without necessarily implying understanding. In general,
an opinion is a subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or interpretation of facts. An
opinion may be supported by an argument, although people may draw opposing opinions
from the same set of facts. For assessing the awareness and opinion about the project
activity socio-economic survey was conducted in the sampling villages. The salient
observations drawn through survey are described below and shown in Table 3.6.13 :
A good number of respondent were aware about the project site.
Respondent opinion positively about the project. They said that any
developmental activity would make wider possibilities for the community,
and it will help to raise the life style of the area and Gujarat state also
3.6.4 Quality of Life
Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic
environment in a given area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between
“objective conditions” and “subjective attitudes” involving a defined “area” of concern.
The “objective conditions” are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a
physical, sociological event or economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.100
any number, which stands for a given quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is
independent of subjective opinion.
Subjective attitude” is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive
dimensions. It is specifically concerned with ‘how aspects of cognition vary with variation
in objective conditions.
Once objective measures are obtained for each factor they are transformed to a
normal scale varying from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the
lowest or least satisfactory measure, and 1 corresponds to the highest. The weights
assigned to each factor by ranked-pair wise technique, by the expert group based on the
secondary data and general observations.
For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed
for each individual of the sample population by asking him to rate his satisfaction scale
(value function curve). It is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal
satisfaction and 1 corresponds to the highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned
to each factor using ranked - pair wise comparison techniques.
The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are:
1. Income, Employment and Working Condition
2. Housing
3. Food
4. Clothing
5. Water Supply and Sanitation
6. Health
7. Energy
8. Transportation and Communication
9. Education
10. Environment and Pollution
11. Recreation
12. Social Security
13. Human Rights
I. Subjective quality of life
m p QoLs = 1/p ∑ ∑ QIij X Wi i =1 j=1
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.101
Where,
QoLs = Subjective quality of life index
p = No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p
m = No. of factors, i = 1, ......, m
QIij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by jth respondent
∑ Qiij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all respondents in an area
Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor
ii. Objective Quality of Life
i=n
QoLo = ∑ QIi X Wi
i=1
Where,
QoLo = Objective quality of life index
n = No. of QoL Factors
i = 1, ......, n
QIi = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the ith objective indicator
Wi = Normalized weight for ith factor
III. Quality of Life (Cumulative Index)
QoLo + QoLs QoLc = ------------------ 2
The subjective and objective QoL indices prior to commissioning of the project
are presented in Table 3.6.14
The average QoL index values are estimated as:
Parameters Core Zone Buffer Zone
QoL (S) 0.51 0.51
QoL (O) 0.53 0.56
QoL (C) 0.52 0.54
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.102
The average QoL index value for the study area is leaning towards medium
satisfactory level due to better economic status like income, employment and also
availability of basic needs, viz. food, clothing, and housing. The area lacking with medical,
educational facilities and social security, besides water scarcity, inadequate irrigation,
lack of sanitation, which are subjective conditions and are not much satisfactory as
compared to objective conditions.
3.6.5 Existing CSR Activity
Under the existing CSR activity the company has made provision and
implemented the various social activities for the villagers nearby the existing plant site.
The social activities are highlighted in the Plates 3.6.1-3.6.4.
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.103
Plate 3.6.1 : Eye Camp-Diagnosis & Follow-up Treatment
Plate 3.6.2 : Taluka Level Science Mela
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.104
Plate 3.6.3 : Distribution of SS Dish & Toys to Aanganwadis
Plate 3.6.4 : Arrange Womens Seminar in Study Area Villages
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.105
Ushker Ramkund
Nani Naroli Tadkeshwar
Asodla Panetha Shethi
Dungri
Charetha
Wastan
Borsad
Surali Nogama
Shah
Vasravi
Borigala
Tuked
Mota Miya Mangrol
Luwara
Dharampur
Togapur
5 km 10 km A
B
C
D
N
Fig. 3.6.1 : Sampling Locations in Study Area for Socio economic Environment
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.106
Fig. 3.6.2 : Socio Economic Surved Map
Fig. 3.6.3 : Proportional Male, Female Distribution of Total Population in the Study Area in Core Zone
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.107
Fig. 3.6.4 : Literacy Rate of the Study Area In Core Zone (Source: 2001 Census of District)
Fig. 3.6.5 : Employment Pattern of working population in Study Area In Core Zone
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.108
Fig 3.6.6 : Main Worker Employment Pattern of Working Population in the Study Area in Core Zone
Fig 3.6.7 : Proportional Male, Female Distribution of Total Population in the Study Area in Buffer Zone
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.109
Fig 3.6.8 : Literacy Rate of the study area in buffer zone (Source: 2001 Census of District)
Fig 3.6.9 : Employment Pattern of Working Population in the Study Area In Buffer Zone
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.110
Fig. 3.6.10 : Main Worker Employment Pattern of Working Population in the Study Area in Buffer Zone
Fig. 3.6.11 : Primary School in Tadkeshwar Village in the Study Area
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.111
Fig. 3.6.12 : Primary Health Center in Nani Naroli village in the Study Area
Fig 3.6.13 : Discussion with Local Authority in Surali village, Magrol Taluk in Gujarat State
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.112
Fig. 3.6.14 : Discussion with Women Group in Mangrol, Magrol Taluk in Gujarat State
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.113
Table 3.6.1
Survey Villages
Sr. No. Villages
Core Zone
1. Nani naroli
2. Dungri
3. Surali
4. Nogama
Buffer Zone
5. Vasravi
6. Tadakeshwar
7. Mangrol
8. Luwara
9. Ushker, Ramakund
10. Asodla
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.114
Table 3.6.2
Demographic Structure of the study area
Sr. No.
Village Area in Hector
Total House-
hold
Population Detail SC ST LIT Main worker
Marginal Work
Non Worker TP M F
Core Zone Mangrol Taluk ,District Surat
1. Shah 779.72 255 1246 644 602 0 831 548 632 21 593 2. Vasravi 1558.91 439 2340 1187 1153 46 1509 1092 418 855 1067 3. Jhankharda 415.35 120 572 301 271 2 333 285 198 12 362 4. Surali 498.63 81 394 192 202 0 391 206 39 203 152 5. Nani Naroli 1794.91 1094 6220 3224 2996 178 2493 3524 2062 73 4085 6. Umelav 574.14 54 243 125 118 0 230 70 91 67 85 7. Dungri 348.63 568 2515 1253 1262 71 1875 1249 938 151 1426 8. Borsad 1034.87 619 3118 1588 1530 16 2812 1622 817 845 1456
Total 7005.16 3230 16648 8514 8134 313 10474 8596 5195 2227 9226 Buffer Zone Mangrol Taluka, District Surat
9. Ankdod 655.18 286 1355 691 664 105 678 615 424 315 616 10. Gijram 499.79 377 1814 899 915 58 975 840 808 10 996 11. Amnedara 678.98 186 900 462 438 0 638 395 530 1 369 12. Nani Pardi 509.03 136 658 352 306 0 658 266 319 1 338 13. Kargara 258.65 58 271 139 132 0 268 108 113 12 146 14. Mangrol 901.72 1040 5354 2744 2610 208 2482 3178 1711 571 3072 15. Mosali 413.16 652 3405 1762 1643 117 1176 2138 888 453 2064 16. Kanvada 219.47 93 495 268 227 0 244 210 86 215 194 17. Kosadi 422.9 582 3328 1702 1626 59 1087 1925 1078 8 2242 18. Luwara 552.39 462 2322 1179 1143 131 1305 1257 1027 17 1278 19. Asarma 247.94 174 941 471 470 20 479 503 317 47 577 20. Ghunti 460.53 71 299 163 136 0 256 109 130 13 156 21. Limbada 1314.67 528 2434 1216 1218 188 1268 1233 1162 65 1207 22. Ranakpor 480.66 210 1004 533 471 4 331 513 432 33 539 23. Simodara 890.41 369 1676 840 836 228 813 872 932 4 740 24. Vadoli 511.86 155 732 362 370 0 547 300 401 14 317 25. Charetha 364.37 17 109 59 50 0 0 87 25 31 53 26. Ambavadi 375.44 545 2564 1287 1277 0 2225 1322 883 659 1022 27. Vastan 479.74 181 1268 990 278 0 428 1029 888 0 380 28. Nogama 426.43 184 830 439 391 0 575 329 239 0 591 29. Ansodala 329.28 27 89 49 40 0 79 20 60 2 27 30. Shenthi 686.59 162 791 415 376 63 515 417 404 0 387 31. Ratola 417.53 217 1032 534 498 0 1013 461 335 360 337 32. Verakui 964.49 477 2281 1153 1128 6 2245 1086 553 749 979 33. Kansali 469.68 181 745 381 364 0 745 319 498 20 227 34. Kosamba (CT) 2636 13543 6982 6561 864 2477 8962 4319 51 9173 35. Kosamba (CT)
- Ward No.1 2636 13543 6982 6561 864 2477 8962 4319 51 9173
Total 13530.89 12642 63783 33054 30729 2915 25984 37456 22881 3702 37200
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.115
Sr. No.
Village Area in Hector
Total House-
hold
Population Detail SC ST LIT Main worker
Marginal Work
Non Worker TP M F
Umarpada Taluka, District Surat 36. Umarpada 486.43 13977 68288 34285 34003 171 65867 29231 23599 13393 31296
Madvi Taluka, District Surat
37. Tadkeshvar 3619.69 1647 9046 4756 4290 312 2433 5684 2791 376 5879 38. Togapur 603.01 145 726 370 356 0 590 213 455 13 258 39. Dharampor 729.43 256 1280 661 619 0 1242 542 649 46 585 40. Kolsana 150.07 47 219 104 115 0 219 87 81 29 109 41. Tuked 1472.59 418 2057 1004 1053 2 2050 856 737 666 654 42. Madharkui 537.28 225 1063 544 519 3 1055 436 337 341 385 43. Borigala 586.22 290 1511 756 755 0 1480 610 700 211 600 44. Kolakui 398.58 106 507 253 254 0 507 242 247 101 159 45. Ushker
Ramkund 581.48 270 1300 641 659 100 814 549 475 0 825
46. Rosvad 403.08 466 2365 1224 1141 16 1336 1126 1295 5 1065 47. Nogama 1464.4 806 4286 2187 2099 283 2510 2087 1950 450 1886 48. Kalibel 570.36 113 560 288 272 0 560 220 267 96 197 49. Ushker Khurd 250.83 94 495 260 235 0 468 296 186 101 208
Total 11367.02 4883 25415 13048 12367 716 15264 12948 10170 2435 12810 Grand Total 64437.41 68900 345728 176557 170130.1 8605.414 233100 174871.6 125909 42154.4 177764.6
Source : Primary Census abstract, Census of India CD-2001, Surat District, Gujarat State TP : Total Population M : Male F : Female
Chapter 3 :Description of Environment
3.116
Table 3.6.3
Demographic Summary of the study Are
Demographic Parameters Core Zone Buffer Zone
No. of Districts 1 1
No. of Talukas 1 3
No. of villages/ Urban Area 8 41
Total surveyed villages 5 5
Total no. of House Hold 3230 31502
Total Area in Hector 42.07 16.11
Total Populations 16648 157486
Schedule Cast % 313(1.88%) 3802(2.41%)
Schedule Tribe % 10474(62.91%) 107115(68.01%)
Sex Ratio(Per thousand Male) 955 959
Literates % 8596(51.63%) 79635(50.56%)
Main Workers % 5195(31.20%) 56650(35.97%)
Marginal Worker % 2227(13.37%) 19530(12.40%)
Non-Workers % 9226(55.41%) 81306(51.62%)
Source: Primary Censes Abstract, Censes of India 2001, District Surat, State Gujarat
3.117
Table 3.6.4
Infrastructure Resource Base in Study Area
Sr. No.
Villages Educational Facilities
Medical Facilities
Drinking Water Supply
Commu-nication Facilities
Trans-portation Facility
Approach Road
Power Supply
Core Zone Mangrol Taluka Dist. Surat 1. Shah … CHW T,W,HP PO,PH(8) BS PR,MR ED, EAG 2. Vasravi … PHS,FWC,
RMP,CHW T,W,TK, TW,HP
PO,PH(10) BS PR,FP EA
3. Jhankharda P PHS,CHW T,W,HP PO,PH(4) BS PR,MR EA 4. Surali P CHW W,HP PO BS PR,MR EA 5. Nani Naroli … MCW,CWC,PH
C,PHS, FWC,CHW
T,W,HP PO,PH(24) BS PR EA
6. Umelav P CHW T,W,HP BS MR,PR ED,EAG 7. Dungri P PHS,FWC,
CHW T(2),W,TK(2), TW(2), HP,R(2) ,C(2), S(2)
PO,PH(8) BS PR ED,EAG
8. Borsad P(3) PHS,CHW W,HP PO,PH(4) BS PR,MR ED,EAG 9. Ankdod P CHW T,W,HP PO,PH(14) BS PR,MR EA 10. Gijram P PHS,FWC,
RMP(2),CHW T,W,HP PO,PH(10) BS PR EA
11. Amnedara P PHS,FWC, CHW
T,W,HP,R,C
PH(3) BS PR,MR,FP EA
12. Nani Pardi P CHW T,W,HP BS PR,MR,FP ED, EAG 13. Kargara P CHW W,TK,HP PO BS PR,MR,FP ED, EAG 14. Mangrol P(4),I,TR H,D,MCW,MH,
CWC,PHS, FWC,TB,RMP,CHW,O
T,W,HP PO,TO,PTO, PH(110)
BS,RS PR,MR EA
15. Mosali P PHS,FWC,RMP,CHW
T,W,HP PO,TO,PTO, PH(45)
BS,RS PR EA
16. Kanvada P CWC,CHW T,W,TK,HP PO,PH BS PR EA 17. Kosadi P(3) CWC,PHS,CH
W T,W,HP PO,PH(10) BS,RS PR,MR,FP EA
18. Luwara … PHS,FWC,CHW
T,W,HP PO,PH(5) BS PR EA
19. Asarma P PHS,CHW T,W,HP,R,C
PO,PH(15) BS,RS PR,MR EA
20. Ghunti P CHW T,HP BS PR,MR,FP EA 21. Limbada P CWC,PHS,CH
W T,HP PO,PH(100) BS,RS PR,MR EA
22. Ranakpor P CHW T,W,HP PO,PH(15) BS MR EA 23. Simodara P MCW,CWC,PH
C,PHS,RMP, CHW
T,W,HP PO,PH(8) BS,RS PR,MR EA
3.118
Sr. No.
Villages Educational Facilities
Medical Facilities
Drinking Water Supply
Commu-nication Facilities
Trans-portation Facility
Approach Road
Power Supply
24. Vadoli P CHW T,W,HP PO,PH BS PR EA 25. Charetha … CHW W,HP PH(3) BS PR,MR ED,EAG 26. Ambavadi … PHS,CHW W,HP PO,PH(5) BS PR,MR, FP EA 27. Vastan P CHW T,W,HP PH(6) BS MR,PR EA 28. Nogama P CHW W,HP PO,PH(5) BS PR EA 29. Ansodala T,HP BS PR,MR,FP EA 30. Shenthi P PHS,CHW W,HP PH(5) BS PR EA 31. Ratola P CHW W,HP PO BS PR,FP EA 32. Verakui P PHS,FWC,
CHW W,HP PO,PH BS PR EA
33. Kansali P CHW W,HP BS PR,MR ED,EAG Umarpada Taluka, Dist. Surat 34. Umarpada P, S H,D,PHS,CHW W,HP PO,PH(25) BS,RS PR EA Madvi Taluka, Dist.Surat 35. Tadkeshvar P(4), S H,D,MCW, MH,
CWC, PHC, PHS, FWC, RMP(5), CHW(4)
T,W,TK, HP,C
PO,PH(256) BS PR,MR,FP EA
36. Togapur P W,TK,HP,C PO,PH(2) BS PR ED,EAG 37. Dharampor P W,HP,C PO BS PR ED,EAG 38. Kolsana P CHW W,HP,C … MR,PR ED 39. Tuked P(3) PHS,TB,RMP,
O W,HP,C, PO BS PR,MR,FP EA
40. Madharkui P(3) CHW W,HP,C PO,PH BS MR,PR EA 41. Borigala P(3) CHW W,HP,C … MR,PR EA 42. Kolakui P CHW W,HP,C … MR,PR EA 43. Ushked
Ramkund P(2) PHS,FWC,RM
P,CHW W,HP,C PO,PH(20) BS PR EA
44. Rosvad P(2) PHS,FWC,CHW
W,HP,S BS PR,MR EA
45. Nogama P(4) PHS,FWC,CHW
W,TK,C PO,PH(5) BS PR EA
46. Kalibel P CHW W,TK,HP,R,
… PR,MR,FP ED
47. Ushked Khurd P W,HP,R PO BS PR EA Source: Primary Census abstract, Census of India CD-2001, Village Directory (VD), Surat District,
Gujarat State
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.119
Table 3.6.5
Employment Pattern of Study Area
Sr. No.
Villages Main Cultivators
Main Agricultural
Main Household
Main Other Workers
Dist. Surat, Mangrol, Taluka 1. Ankdod 135 220 26 43
2. Gijram 95 569 9 135
3. Amnedara 57 322 60 91
4. Nani Pardi 18 289 2 10
5. Kargara 1 110 0 2
6. Mangrol 170 887 39 615
7. Mosali 111 126 7 644
8. Kanvada 40 18 4 24
9. Kosadi 167 478 7 426
10. Luwara 164 681 5 177
11. Asarma 51 168 0 98
12. Ghunti 37 29 0 64
13. Limbada 174 698 7 283
14. Ranakpor 85 185 9 153
15. Simodara 216 501 10 205
16. Vadoli 33 276 2 90
17. Charetha 20 0 0 5
18. Shah 48 437 0 147
19. Ambavadi 266 499 3 115
20. Vasravi 113 181 1 123
21. Jhankharda 20 115 0 63
22. Vastan 8 107 0 773
23. Surali 31 1 0 7
24. Nogama 72 118 0 49
25. Ansodala 15 22 0 23
26. Shenthi 42 216 1 145
27. Nani Naroli 425 1175 7 455
28. Umelav 38 46 0 7
29. Dungri 236 452 2 248
30. Borsad 368 281 1 167
31. Ratola 229 62 0 44
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.120
Sr. No.
Villages Main Cultivators
Main Agricultural
Main Household
Main Other Workers
32. Verakui 351 35 6 161
33. Kansali 188 147 2 161
34. Kosamba (CT) 144 960 42 3173
35. Kosamba (CT) - Ward No.1 144 960 42 3173
Total 4312 11371 294 12099 Dist. Surat, Umarpada Taluka 36. Umarpada 9028 10442 462 3667
Dist. Surat, Madvi Taluka 37. Tadkeshvar 469 1106 67 1149
38. Togapur 123 188 0 144
39. Dharampor 166 378 0 105
40. Kolsana 21 48 0 12
41. Tuked 526 64 0 147
42. Madharkui 88 32 25 192
43. Borigala 208 135 1 356
44. Kolakui 110 65 0 72
45. Ushked Ramkund 79 338 3 55
46. Rosvad 373 803 2 117
47. Nogama 1036 545 7 362
48. Kalibel 173 70 0 24
49. Ushked Khurd 60 98 0 28
Total 3432 3870 105 2763
Grand Total 16772 25683 861 18529
Source: Primary Census abstract, Census of India CD-2001, Surat District, Gujarat State
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.121
Table 3.6.6
Vital Statistical Data of Mortality Pattern
Sr. No.
Year Population Total Delivery
Total live Birth
Total Still Birth
Total Infant death
Total Maternal
death
1. 2009-10 34775 397 390 12 8 2
2. 2010-11 35471 422 418 6 16 0
3. 2011-12 31104 455 447 8 10 1
Source: Primary Health Center, Nani Naroli, Mangrol Tahsil, Surat Dist. Gujarat State
Table 3.6.7
Vital Statistical Data of Morbidity Pattern
Sr. No.
Year Total OPD
Diarrhea Fever Malaria Positive
TB Leprosy Respiratory Infection
1. 2007-08 3210 160 290 2 - - 175
2. 2008-09 2937 151 296 5 - - 220
3. 2009-10 2630 127 249 3 - 11 187
4. 2010-11 3034 152 300 5 - 15 232
5. 2011-12 2821 147 293 10 31 14 224
Source: Primary Health Center, Nani Naroli, Mangrol Tahsil, Surat Dist. Gujarat State
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.122
Table 3.6.8
Statistical Health Data Report: April to Nevember-2011/12
Sr. No. Details Report
1. Birth Rate 2253 (Live Birth)
2. Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) 48 (21.3%)
3. Maternal Mortality Rate (MMR) 4 (177.5)
4. Still Birth Rate 18 (Still Birth)
5. HIV/AIDS 12 Source: Community Health Center, Mangrol, Dist. Surat, State Gujarat
Table 3.6.9
Education Facility of the Surveyed Area
Sr. No.
Villages Aganwadi Primary School/ Distance
Middle School/ Distance
High/ Higher Secondary School/
Distance
Colleges/ Distance
Core Zone 1. Nana Nogama 1 1 2 (4km Tadkeshwar) 2 (50km Kosamba) 2 (50km Surat)
2. Nani naroli 1(4) 1 1 2 2
3. Vasravi 1 1 2 (5km Mangrol) 2 2 4. Dungri 1(3) 1 2 2 (7km Mangrol) 2 (22km Mandvi)
5. Surali 1 1 2 2 2
Buffer Zone 6. Luwara 1(3) 1 2 (3km Kantawa) 2 (20km Kosamba) 2 (30km Surat)
7. Tadakeshwar 1(7) 2 1 1 2 (30km Mandavi)
8. Mangrol 1(7) 1 1 1 2 (45km Kamrej)
9. Ushker Ramakund 1(2) 1 1 2 2
10. Asodla 1 2(2km ) 2 (6km Velsa) 2 (6km Nogama) 2
Source: Village Survey 2011 (Yes-1, No-2)
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.123
Table 3.6.10
Health Facility of the Surveyed Area
Sr. No.
Villages Hospitals/ Distance
Community Health
Centers/ Distance
Primary Health
Centers/ Distance
Health Sub-
centre/ Distance
Asha Workers/ Distance
Nurse/ Distance
MPW prevalent Disease
Core Zone 1. Nana
Nogama 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 Fever, cold.
2. Nani naroli 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 Malaria, Respiration
problem, 3. Vasravi Kosamba 2 2 2 2 2 Malaria,
Fever, cold 4. Dungri 10 km
Tadkeshwer 6 km
(Mosali) 5 km Naroli 1 1 1 1 Paralysis,
T.B. 5. Surali 2 2 5 km Dungari 2 1 1 2 Piliya ,T.B
Buffer Zone 6. Tadakesh
war 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 Fever, cold,
general diseases
7. Mangrol 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 Malaria, Fever, cold
8. Luwara Kasama 5km (Simodara)
2 2 1 1 1 Fever, cold.
9. Ushker Ramakund
2 2 1 2 1 1 1 Malaria, Fever, cold,
cough 10. Asodla 2 2 6km
Tadkeshwer 2 1 1 2 Malaria,
Fever, cold Source: Village Survey 2011 (Yes-1, No-2)
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.124
Table 3.6.11
Electricity and Sanitation Facility of the Surveyed Area
Sr. No. Villages Electricity Soak pit Electricity Gutter line
Sanitation Open space
Core Zone
1. Nana nogama 1 1 1 2
2. Nani naroli 1 1 2 2
3. Vasravi 1 1 2 2
4. Dungri 1 1 2 2
5. Surali 1 1 2 2
Buffer Zone
6. Luwara 1 1 1 2
7. Mangrol 1 1 2 2
8. Tadakeshwar 1 1 1 2
9. Ushal Ramkund 1 1 2 2
10. Asodla 1 2 2 2
Source: Village Survey 2011 (Yes-1, No-2)
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.125
Table 3.6.12
Employment Facility of the surveyed area
Sr. No.
Villages Employment Pattern
Main Occupation Farmers Agricultural Labour
Private Job
Core Zone
1. Nogama Farmer, Agricultural Labour ,Labour work
10% 70% ….
2. Nani naroli Farming, Company labour worker , Shops etc.
40% NR 20%
3. Vasravi Farming, 75% 25% NR
4. Dungri Agricultural Labour, Farmer, shops ,transportation business etc.
NR NR NR
5. Surali Company, Agricultural labour
NR 70% NR
Buffer Zone
6. Tadakeshwar Farmer, Company labour work ,Shops etc.
60% 20% 5%
7. Luwara Agricultural Labour, Farming etc
5% 25% NR
8. Mangrol Farmer, Private Jobs, Lobur work
50% 30% 20%
9. Ushker, Ramkund
Farmer, Business, Labour work in company
60 person
75% 25%
10. Asodla Agricultural Labour 4% 96% NR
Source: Village Survey 2011 (Yes-1, No-2, NR- Not Responding)
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.126
Table 3.6.13
Awareness about Project
Sr. No. Villages Awareness about project
Awareness about
Company
Expectation from Company
Core Zone
1. Tadakeshwar 2 1 Employment opportunity, good educational Facility ,Vocational Training etc
2. Nani naroli 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility ,Vocational Training Medical Facility etc
3. Vasravi 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility, Vocational Training, Health Camp. etc
4. Dungri 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility ,Vocational Training Medical Facility etc
5. Surali 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility ,Vocational Training etc
Buffer Zone
6. Nogama 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility ,Vocational Training , Medical Facility etc
7. Luwara 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility ,Vocational Training ,Health Camps ,etc
8. Mangrol 2 1 Employment opportunity ,good educational Facility ,Vocational Training etc.
9. Ushal Ramkund 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility ,Vocational Training , Medical Facility etc
10. Asodla 2 1 Employment opportunity good educational Facility ,Vocational Training , Medical Facility etc
Source: Village Survey 2011 (Yes-1, No-2)
Chapter 3 :Description of the Environment
3.127
Table 3.6.14
Quality of Life Existing in Sampling Village
Sr. No. Villages QoL(s) QoL(o) QoL(c)
Core Zone
1. Nogama 0.56 0.55 0.56
2. Nani Naroli 0.54 0.62 0.58
3. Vasravi 0.53 0.52 0.53
4. Dungri 0.58 0.54 0.56
5. Surali 0.34 0.45 0.40
Average 0.51 0.53 0.52
Buffer Zone
6. Ushakar-Ramkund 0.49 0.62 0.58
7. Mangrol 0.62 0.62 0.62
8. Tadkeshvar 0.60 0.57 0.58
9. Luwara 0.50 0.57 0.53
10. Asodla 0.34 0.45 0.40
Average 0.51 0.56 0.54